Nissan Livina L11 - Engine Control System

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
HR15DE, HR16DE EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid F
Valve ........................................................................26
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ..................... 11 Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor .......26
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........26 G
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................11 Fuel Injector .............................................................26
How to Check Vehicle Type .................................... 11 Fuel Pump ...............................................................27
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................27
PRECAUTION .............................................. 12 Ignition Coil With Power Transistor .........................28
H
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................12 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...............................28

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........28
Knock Sensor ..........................................................28 I
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................. 12 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..............................................29
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 12 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................29
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................29 J
and CVT .................................................................. 12 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 30
General Precautions ............................................... 13
Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................30
K
PREPARATION ........................................... 16 SYSTEM ............................................................ 31
PREPARATION ..................................................16 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................31
Special Service Tools .............................................. 16 L
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion ...........................................................................31
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 17 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ....33
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ..............35 M
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................17
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 17 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................36
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
N
Component Parts Location .................................... 17 tem Description ........................................................37
ECM ........................................................................ 21 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................39
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 21 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De- O
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 ........................................... 21 scription ...................................................................39
Battery Current Sensor ........................................... 22
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 22 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .......................40
Cooling Fan ............................................................. 23 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System P
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 23 Description ...............................................................40
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 23
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 24 COOLING FAN CONTROL ........................................40
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor .................................... 25 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description....41
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor .............................. 25 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .......................41
EC-1
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : Counter
Description .............................................................. 42 System .................................................................... 56
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : Driving
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 42 Pattern .................................................................... 59
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : Malfunc-
scription .................................................................. 43 tion Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................................ 60
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .................... 43 TYPE 1 ....................................................................... 60
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System TYPE 1 : On Board Diagnosis Function .................. 60
Description .............................................................. 44
TYPE 2 ....................................................................... 64
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL ..................... 44 TYPE 2 : On Board Diagnosis Function .................. 64
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System CONSULT Function ................................................ 67
Description .............................................................. 45
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 76
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN-
GINE OIL PRESSURE .............................................. 45 ECM ................................................................... 76
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- Reference Value ..................................................... 76
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ......... 45 Fail Safe ................................................................. 87
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 89
ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLT-
DTC Index .............................................................. 90
AGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 46
Test Value and Test Limit ....................................... 93
ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLT-
AGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 101
Description .............................................................. 46
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 101
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 46
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 101
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 46
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ....................... 46 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 119

WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 119
lamps/Indicator lamps ............................................. 46
Work Flow ............................................................. 119
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 47 Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 121
TYPE 1 ...................................................................... 47 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-

TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Description ............................. 47 ING ENGINE PARTS ........................................ 123
TYPE 1 : GST (Generic Scan Tool) ........................ 47 Description ............................................................ 123
TYPE 2 ...................................................................... 47 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING

TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Description ............................. 47 ECM .................................................................. 124
Description ............................................................ 124
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 48 Work Procedure .................................................... 124
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) ..................... 48 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : 1st Trip TION LEARNING .............................................. 126
Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ....... 48
Description ............................................................ 126
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : DTC and
Work Procedure .................................................... 126
Freeze Frame Data ................................................ 48
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : Counter THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
System .................................................................... 49 LEARNING ....................................................... 127
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : Driving Description ............................................................ 127
Pattern .................................................................... 52 Work Procedure .................................................... 127
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : System
Readiness Test (SRT) Code .................................. 53 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ....................... 128
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : Malfunc- Description ............................................................ 128
tion Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................................ 54 Work Procedure .................................................... 128
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) ..................... 54 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : 1st Trip CLEAR .............................................................. 130
Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ....... 54 Description ............................................................ 130
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : DTC and Work Procedure .................................................... 130
Freeze Frame Data ................................................ 55
EC-2
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 131 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 172
Work Procedure .................................................... 131 DTC Description .................................................... 172 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 135 Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con-
Work Procedure .................................................... 135 trol Solenoid Valve) ............................................... 173 EC
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 137 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ... 175
Description ............................................................ 137 DTC Description .................................................... 175
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 138 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175 C
Work Procedure .................................................... 140 Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing
Control Solenoid Valve) ......................................... 176
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 142
D
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 178
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION DTC Description .................................................... 178
VALUE .............................................................. 142 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179
Description ............................................................ 142 Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) .... 180 E
Component Function Check .................................. 142
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 143 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 183
DTC Description .................................................... 183 F
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 150 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150 Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 154 Sensor) .................................................................. 184
G
DTC Description .................................................... 154 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 185
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154 DTC Description .................................................... 185
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 155 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 185 H
DTC Description .................................................... 155 Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera-
ture Sensor) ........................................................... 187
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 188 I
P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 156
DTC Description .................................................... 156 DTC Description .................................................... 188
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 188
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor).. 190 J
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................ 158 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 192
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen- DTC Description .................................................... 192
sor) ........................................................................ 159 K
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con-
trol Solenoid Valve) ............................................... 160 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 196
DTC Description .................................................... 196 L
P0014 EVT CONTROL ..................................... 161 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 197
DTC Description .................................................... 161
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 199
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing DTC Description .................................................... 199 M
Control Solenoid Valve) ........................................ 163 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................ 164 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 202 N
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing DTC Description .................................................... 202
Control Position Sensor) ....................................... 165 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater) ...... 206
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ......... 166 O
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) .... 206
DTC Description .................................................... 166
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166 P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 209
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater) ...... 167 DTC Description .................................................... 209 P
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................... 169 Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2)
DTC Description .................................................... 169 .. 212
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 214
Heater) .................................................................. 171 DTC Description .................................................... 214
EC-3
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2) Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 265
..220
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 223 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 268
DTC Description ....................................................223 DTC Description .................................................... 268
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................225 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 268
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2) Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge
..226 Volume Control Solenoid Valve) ........................... 270
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- P0500 VSS ........................................................ 271
TION ................................................................. 229 DTC Description .................................................... 271
DTC Description ....................................................229 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 273
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................230
P0520 EOP SENSOR ....................................... 274
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- DTC Description .................................................... 274
TION ................................................................. 233 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 274
DTC Description ....................................................233 Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pressure Sen-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................234 sor) ........................................................................ 276
P0196 EOT SENSOR ...................................... 237 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ..................... 277
Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pressure Sen-
Sensor) ..................................................................238 sor) ........................................................................ 280
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR .......................... 240 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 282
Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature
Sensor) ..................................................................241 P0605 ECM ....................................................... 284
DTC Description .................................................... 284
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 243 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 285
DTC Description ....................................................243
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................243 P0607 ECM ....................................................... 286
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)..245 DTC Description .................................................... 286
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
FIRE ................................................................. 247 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 287
DTC Description .................................................... 287
DTC Description ....................................................247
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater) ......252 P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 290
P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 253 CVT .......................................................................... 290
DTC Description ....................................................253 CVT : DTC Description ......................................... 290
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................253 CVT : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 291
Component Inspection (Knock Sensor) .................254
M/T ........................................................................... 292
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 255 M/T : DTC Description .......................................... 292
DTC Description ....................................................255 M/T : Diagnosis Procedure ................................... 294
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen- P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR .. 296
sor) ........................................................................257 DTC Description .................................................... 296
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ...................... 259 Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing
DTC Description ....................................................259 Control Position Sensor) ....................................... 298
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen- P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 300
sor) ........................................................................262 DTC Description .................................................... 300
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 263 Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera-
DTC Description ....................................................263 ture Sensor) .......................................................... 302
EC-4
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 304 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
DTC Description .................................................... 304 TOR RELAY .................................................... 335 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304 DTC Description .................................................... 335
P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 305
EC
DTC Description .................................................... 305 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305 FUNCTION ...................................................... 338
DTC Description .................................................... 338
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 306 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 338 C
DTC Description .................................................... 306
Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) .... 341
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) .. 308 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 342 D
DTC Description .................................................... 342
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 342
SOR .................................................................. 309 Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) .... 343
DTC Description .................................................... 309 E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 309 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) .. 311 ACTUATOR ..................................................... 344
DTC Description .................................................... 344 F
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 312 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 345
DTC Description .................................................... 312
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 312 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 346
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) .. 314 DTC Description .................................................... 346 G
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 315 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
DTC Description .................................................... 315 H
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 348
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) .. 317 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 349
DTC Description .................................................... 349
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE I
SENSOR ........................................................... 318 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
DTC Description .................................................... 318 tion Sensor) ........................................................... 351
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318 J
Component Inspection (Battery Temperature P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 352
Sensor) .................................................................. 319 DTC Description .................................................... 352
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 352 K
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2 ............... 321 Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor).. 354
DTC Description .................................................... 321
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 322 P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 356
DTC Description .................................................... 356 L
P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY .................. 324 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 356
DTC Description .................................................... 324 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 325 tion Sensor) ........................................................... 359 M
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM .. 326 COOLING FAN ................................................ 360
DTC Description .................................................... 326
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326 TYPE 1 ..................................................................... 360 N
TYPE 1 : Component Function Check ................... 360
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ...................... 328 TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure .............................. 360
DTC Description .................................................... 328 TYPE 1 : Component Inspection (Cooling Fan) .... 361
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 328 O
TYPE 2 ..................................................................... 361
P1720 VSS ....................................................... 330 TYPE 2 : Component Function Check ................... 361
DTC Description .................................................... 330 TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure .............................. 361 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 331 TYPE 2 : Component Inspection (Coolng Fan Mo-
tor) ......................................................................... 363
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 332 TYPE 2 : Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Re-
DTC Description .................................................... 332
sistor) ..................................................................... 363
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 334 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 364
Description ............................................................. 364
EC-5
Component Function Check ..................................364 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 395
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 395
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CON- Symptom Table ..................................................... 395
TROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 366
Component Function Check ..................................366 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 399
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................366 Description ............................................................ 399
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge
Volume Control Solenoid Valve) ............................367 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 400
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 369 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 400

Component Function Check ..................................369 Inspection .............................................................. 400
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................369 IGNITION TIMING ............................................. 401
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ...................371
Inspection .............................................................. 401
FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 372 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 402
Component Function Check ..................................372
Inspection .............................................................. 402
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ......................374 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 403
Inspection .............................................................. 403
HO2S2 .............................................................. 375
Component Function Check ..................................375 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 404
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2) ECM .................................................................. 404
..376 Exploded View ...................................................... 404
Removal and Installation ....................................... 404
HO2S2 HEATER .............................................. 379
Component Function Check ..................................379 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................379 (SDS) ......................................................... 405
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
Heater) ...................................................................380 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 405
IAT SENSOR ................................................... 381 Idle Speed ............................................................. 405
Component Function Check ..................................381 Ignition Timing ....................................................... 405
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................381 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 405
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 405
Sensor) ..................................................................382
MR18DE
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 383
PRECAUTION ........................................... 406
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................383 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 406
Component Inspection (Condenser) ......................387 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Transistor) .............................................................387 SIONER" ............................................................... 406
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 389 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover. 406
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service ........... 406
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine
and A/T ................................................................. 407
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 390 General Precautions ............................................. 407
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................390 PREPARATION ......................................... 410
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT .......... 392 PREPARATION ................................................ 410

Description .............................................................392 Special Service Tools ........................................... 410
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................392 Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 410
VSS .................................................................. 394 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 412

Description .............................................................394
COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 412
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................394 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 412
EC-6
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
Component Parts Location .................................. 412 lamps/Indicator lamps ............................................ 436 A
ECM ...................................................................... 415
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................ 416 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 437
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 416 Diagnosis Description ............................................ 437
EC
Cooling Fan ........................................................... 416
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ......................... 438
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................ 416
Electric Throttle Control Actuator .......................... 417 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION .................................... 438
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 418 C
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ...................... 438
Valve ..................................................................... 418 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 418 Frame Data ............................................................ 438 D
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 419 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 439
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 ...................................... 419 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ...... 442
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ...................................... 420 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica- E
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor ....................... 420 tor Lamp (MIL) ....................................................... 443
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 421 On Board Diagnosis Function ................................ 443
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ......... 421 CONSULT Function ............................................... 446
Knock Sensor ........................................................ 421 F
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 422 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 452
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................. 422
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................. 422 ECM ................................................................. 452 G
Reference Value .................................................... 452
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 423 Fail Safe ................................................................ 461
Positive Crankcase Ventilation .............................. 423 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 462
H
DTC Index ............................................................. 463
SYSTEM ........................................................... 424
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 465
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 424 I
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 465
tion ........................................................................ 424 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 465
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram .. 426
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ............ 427 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 479 J
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............. 429 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ...... 479
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys- Work Flow .............................................................. 479 K
tem Description ..................................................... 429 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 481
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .............................. 431 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De- ING ENGINE PARTS ...................................... 483 L
scription ................................................................. 431 Description ............................................................. 483
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .................... 432 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System M
ECM ................................................................. 484
Description ............................................................ 432
Description ............................................................. 484
COOLING FAN CONTROL ..................................... 432 Work Procedure ..................................................... 484
N
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description.. 433
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 433 TION LEARNING ............................................ 486
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description ............................................................. 486 O
Description ............................................................ 434 Work Procedure ..................................................... 486
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ....................... 434 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
P
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- LEARNING ...................................................... 487
scription ................................................................. 435 Description ............................................................. 487
Work Procedure ..................................................... 487
CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 435
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .... 435 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ..................... 488
Description ............................................................. 488
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ..................... 435
Work Procedure ..................................................... 488
EC-7
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE P0141 HO2S2 HEATER ................................... 530
CLEAR ............................................................. 490 DTC Description .................................................... 530
Description .............................................................490 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 530
Work Procedure .....................................................490 Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
Heater) .................................................................. 531
BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 491
Work Procedure .....................................................491 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 533
DTC Description .................................................... 533
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK ............................. 495 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 533
Work Procedure .....................................................495 Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor). 535
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 497 P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 537
DTC Description .................................................... 537
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 537
VALUE ............................................................. 497 Component Inspection (Knock Sensor) ................ 538
Description .............................................................497
Component Function Check ..................................497 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 539
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................498 DTC Description .................................................... 539
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 505 Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................505 sor) ........................................................................ 541
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 508 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................... 542
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 509
sor) ........................................................................ 544
DTC Description ....................................................509
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................509 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 510 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 546
DTC Description .................................................... 546
DTC Description ....................................................510
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 511 Volume Control Solenoid Valve) ........................... 548
DTC Description ....................................................511
P0500 VSS ........................................................ 549
DTC Description .................................................... 549
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) ....513
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 516
DTC Description ....................................................516
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 552
DTC Description .................................................... 552
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera-
ture Sensor) ...........................................................517 P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 554
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 519 DTC Description .................................................... 554
DTC Description ....................................................519
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con-
trol Solenoid Valve) ............................................... 555
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)..521
P0132 HO2S1 .................................................. 523 P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL

DTC Description ....................................................523 ACTUATOR ...................................................... 557
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................523 DTC Description .................................................... 557
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1) Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 558
..525 P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................. 527 FUNCTION ........................................................ 559
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) .... 562
Heater) ...................................................................528
EC-8
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 563 tion Sensor) ........................................................... 597 A
DTC Description .................................................... 563
COOLING FAN ................................................ 598
Component Function Check .................................. 598
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 598 EC
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 566
DTC Description .................................................... 566 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan) .................... 599
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 566 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Resistor) ...... 599
Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) .... 567 C
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 601
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 568 Description ............................................................. 601
DTC Description .................................................... 568 Component Function Check .................................. 601
D
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera-
ture Sensor) .......................................................... 570
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 603
Component Function Check .................................. 603 E
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 572 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 603
DTC Description .................................................... 572 Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 604
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 572 F
FUEL PUMP .................................................... 606
P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 573 Component Function Check .................................. 606
DTC Description .................................................... 573 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 606
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 573 Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ...................... 608 G
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 574 IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 609
DTC Description .................................................... 574 Component Function Check .................................. 609
H
Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 612
P1706 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 576 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
DTC Description .................................................... 576 Transistor) ............................................................. 612 I
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP .............. 614
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ...................... 579 Component Function Check .................................. 614 J
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 615
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 581 Component Function Check .................................. 615 K
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 582 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT ......... 617 L
Description ............................................................. 617
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 584 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 617
DTC Description .................................................... 584
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 584 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 619 M
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 586 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 619
Symptom Table ..................................................... 619
N
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 587
DTC Description .................................................... 587 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 623
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 587 Description ............................................................. 623
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi- O
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 624
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 589
IDLE SPEED ................................................... 624
P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 590 P
Inspection .............................................................. 624
DTC Description .................................................... 590
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 590 IGNITION TIMING ........................................... 625
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor).. 592 Inspection .............................................................. 625
P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 594 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 626
DTC Description .................................................... 594 Inspection .............................................................. 626
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ....... 627
EC-9
Inspection ..............................................................627 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ......................................................... 629
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 628
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
ECM ................................................................. 628
Exploded View .......................................................628
(SDS) ................................................................ 629
Removal and Installation .......................................628 Idle Speed ............................................................. 629
Ignition Timing ....................................................... 629
EC-10
APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000009816730
EC
Check the vehicle type (Refer to GI-32, "Model Variation") to confirm the service information in EC section.
Vehicle type C
Service information
Destination Emission control Engine
For China With OBD HR16DE TYPE 1
D
For Indonesia Without OBD HR15DE TYPE 2
EC-11
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000009822215
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000009822222
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000008778081
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to GI-3, "Contents".
EC-12
PRECAUTIONS
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. A
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
EC
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000008778082
C
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- D
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is E
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
F
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM. G

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. So,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this H
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related I
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
PBIA9222J J
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values K
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
L
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt- M
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
N
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. O
EC-13
PRECAUTIONS
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-76, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
JSBIA1315ZZ
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
SEF348N
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
EC-14
PRECAUTIONS
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- A
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC
SEF709Y
D
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location. E
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. F
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller. G
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y
EC-15
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000008778083
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter
PBIB3043E
KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter
JSBIA0410ZZ
EC-16
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000008778085
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT C
JSBIA3087ZZ
K
No. Component Function
IPDM E/R control the internal relays and the actuators.
When CAN communication with ECM is impossible, IPDM E/R L
IPDM E/R
performs fail-safe control.
PCS-3, "Component Parts Location".
Battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor)* EC-22, "Battery Current Sensor" M
ECM EC-21, "ECM"
Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) EC-29, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
N
Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position
EC-23, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
sensor and throttle control motor)
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-26, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve" O
*: For China models
ENGINE COMPARTMENT P
EC-17
COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA0592ZZ
Engine front right side Left view of the engine Engine rear right side

Ignition coil No.4
EC-28, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
(with power transistor)
Ignition coil No.3
Ignition coil No.2
Ignition coil No.1
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to
PCV valve
conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-28, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Engine oil pressure sensor EC-25, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-25, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
Knock sensor EC-28, "Knock Sensor"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-24, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-22, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor EC-26, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor"
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve EC-26, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Fuel injector No.1 (Front) EC-26, "Fuel Injector"
EC-18
COMPONENT PARTS
A
Fuel injector No.1 (Rear) EC-26, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel injector No.2 (Rear) EC-26, "Fuel Injector" EC
Fuel injector No.3 (Rear) EC-26, "Fuel Injector" C

Fuel injector No.4 (Rear) EC-26, "Fuel Injector"

D
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-23, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
E
JSBIA0593ZZ
M
A/F sensor 1 EC-21, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-27, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2" N
BODY COMPARTMENT
O
EC-19
COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA3088ZZ
Inside of fuel tank Periphery of pedals Under of left side fuel tank

MWI-36, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Oil
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), oil pressure warning lamp (in Pressure Warning Lamp"
combination meter)* MWI-35, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Mal-
function Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
Cooling fan motor EC-23, "Cooling Fan"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-29, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly EC-27, "Fuel Pump"
Stop lamp switch* EC-29, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Accelerator pedal position switch* EC-21, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"

EVAP canister stores the generated fuel vapors in the
sealed fuel tank to activated charcoals of EVAP canister
EVAP canister
when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the
tank.
*: Attached to the driver’s side.
EC-20
COMPONENT PARTS
ECM INFOID:0000000008778087
A
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
EC
D
PBIA9222J
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000008778088

E
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM. F
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal G
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM H
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000008778089 I
DESCRIPTION
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- J
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the K
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at L
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB
M
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the N
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
O
JPBIA5446GB
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
EC-21
COMPONENT PARTS
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.
Battery Current Sensor INFOID:0000000008778092
OUTLINE
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage
variable control, refer to CHG-8, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE
VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
JPBIA3262ZZ
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures temperature around the battery.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
<Reference data>
Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258
*: These data are reference values and are measured between battery temperature SEF012P
sensor signal terminal and sensor ground.
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000008778093
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of

intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
PBIA9209J
EC-22
COMPONENT PARTS
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. A
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
EC
D
JPBIA5503GB
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000008778094

E
Cooling fan operates at low and high speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.
Refer to EC-41, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000008778095
F
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at G
end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolu-
tion.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth H
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. I
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIA9209J
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
J
the engine revolution.
M
JPBIA5503GB
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000008778096

N
DESCRIPTION
O
EC-23
COMPONENT PARTS
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
JSBIA0270GB
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
PBIB0145E
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000008778097
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
EC-24
COMPONENT PARTS
<Reference data>
A
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
EC
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 C
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
SEF012P
D
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000008778098
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM. E
JSBIA0292ZZ
H
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000008778099
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil I
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor J
decreases as temperature increases.
JPBIA5280ZZ
L
<Reference data>
M
Engine oil temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
N
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 O
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
P
EC-25
COMPONENT PARTS
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000008778100
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
JSBIA0651ZZ
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000008778101
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of

the signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft front end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam-
shaft.
change.
changes.
PBIA9209J
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000008778102
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through exhaust valve timing control
unit or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the exhaust valve angle at the control
position.
JSBIA0652ZZ
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000008778103
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
JSBIA0742ZZ
EC-26
COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000008778104
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay EC
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. C
The ECM activates the fuel pump for a few seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the D
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
E
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops. G
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000008778105
H
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 I
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- J
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation. K
SEF327R
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER L

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) M
Engine speed
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air N
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
O
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 rpm (for China) or 3,200 rpm (for Indonesia) OFF
P
Below 3,600 rpm (for China) or 3,200 rpm (for Indonesia) after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
EC-27
COMPONENT PARTS
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000008778107
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000008778108
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
SEF012P
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000008778109
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000008778110
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
JSBIA0284ZZ
EC-28
COMPONENT PARTS
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000008778112
A
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the EC
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to C
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
D
PBIA9559J
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000008778114

E
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. F
PBIB2657E
I
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000008778115
J
Stop lamp switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Brake pedal Stop lamp switch

K
Released OFF
Depressed ON L
EC-29
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000008778119
PBIB2962E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
PBIB1588E
EC-30
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000008778121
EC
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JPBIA5483GB
NOTE:
Battery current sensor is not used for Indonesia.
EC-31
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
Function Reference
EC-37, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel injection control
scription"
Electric ignition control EC-39, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
Intake valve timing control EC-43, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description"
EC-44, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
Exhaust valve timing control
tion"
EC-45, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE
Engine protection control (Low engine oil pressure)
OIL PRESSURE : System Description"
EC-40, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
Cooling fan control EC-41, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EC-45, "STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System Descrip-
Starter motor drive control
tion"
EC-42, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission
tion"
EC-46, "ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARI-
Alternator power generation voltage variable control* ABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-46, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/In-
Warning/Indicator/Chime control
dicator lamps"
CAN communication EC-46, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
*: For China models.
EC-32
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000008942309
EC
JSBIA4108GB
P
EC-33
SYSTEM
JSBIA4109GB
*1: CVT models

*2: M/T models
*3: LHD models
*4: RHD models
*5: 3 (LHD models) or 1 (RHD models)
*6: 1 (LHD models) or 3 (RHD models)
NOTE:
: Battery current sensor is not used for Indonesia.
EC-34
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000008931286
A
NON DTC RELATED ITEM
Detected Engine operating condition EC

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control C
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-389, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open Check" D
by means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
E
DTC RELATED ITEM
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode F
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control The signal is not energized to the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve G
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103 H
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided I
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) J
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling K
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. L
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
M
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
P0198
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
N
P0524 Engine oil pressure ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combination meter.
Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000rpm due to the fuel cut. (Fail-safe is canceled
when ignition switch OFF → ON.)
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:) O
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a P
EC-35
SYSTEM
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
EC-36
SYSTEM
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000008778123
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA3075GB J
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION K
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined L
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor, camshaft position sen-
sor and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION M
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase> N
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration O
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D (CVT models)
• High-load, high-speed operation
P
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
EC-37
SYSTEM
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drive ability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-21, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-
fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC-38
SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A
EC
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used. D

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System E
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- G
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
H
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000008778125
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I
N
JSBIA3076GB
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION O
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
P
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
EC-39
SYSTEM
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000008778127
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3077GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
COOLING FAN CONTROL
EC-40
SYSTEM
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000008778132
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA3078GB
*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. H
Cooling Fan Operation
PBIB2483E
N
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
Cooling fan relay O

Cooling fan speed
1 2 3*
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF P
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON
*: For China models.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EC-41
SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000008778134
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0114GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
EC-42
SYSTEM
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000008778136
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA3079GB F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
G
JPBIA4884GB
L
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, engine oil tempera- M
ture and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve
timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open
timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
N
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
EC-43
SYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000008778138
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3080GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JPBIA4886GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed and engine oil tem-
perature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the exhaust valve
to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed.
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
EC-44
SYSTEM
STARTER MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000008778140
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA3081GB
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
When rapid deceleration occurs during engine runs or idle speed decreases due to heavy load conditions,
ECM detects a decrease in idle speed and restarts the engine to secure reliability in handleability by transmit- H
ting a cranking request signal to IPDM E/R for activating the starter motor under the following conditions:
• Selector lever: P or any position other than N
• Idle switch: ON (Accelerator pedal not depressed) I
• Stop lamp switch: ON (Brake pedal depressed)
ECM transmit a control signal directly to IPDM E/R.
IPDM E/R detects an operating state of the starter motor relay and the starter motor control relay and trans-
mits a feed back signal to ECM via CAN Communication. J
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De- K
scription INFOID:0000000008778142
SYSTEM DIAGRAM L
JSBIA0704GB O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres-
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp before the engine becomes damaged. P
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter. The combination meter turns ON the oil pres-
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed 1,000 rpm or more, ECM transmits an
oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter. The combination meter turns ON the oil pressure
warning lamp, according to the signals. When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure, ECM cuts fuel if
the engine speed exceeds the specified value.
EC-45
SYSTEM
Combination meter
Decrease in engine oil
Engine speed Oil pressure warning Fuel cut
pressure
lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON* NO
Detection
1,000 rpm or more ON YES
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.
ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYS-
TEM
ALTERNATOR POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM :
System Description INFOID:0000000008893954
The alternator power generation voltage variable control system controls the amount of power generation,
according to a battery loaded condition. ECM judges a battery condition, according to a signal received from
the battery current sensor which detects a charge/discharge current. ECM then transmits a signal to IPDM E/
R to command power generation via CAN communication. IPDM E/R transmits a power generation control sig-
nal to the alternator so that the system can control the amount of power generation. The voltage of power gen-
eration is lowered during battery low-load conditions and boosted under heavy load conditions. In this way, the
system reduces the engine load through the adequate power generation control.
For details, refer to CHG-8, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000008778130
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-32, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/Indicator lamps INFOID:0000000008815226
Name Design Arrangement/Function

Regarding the arrangement. Refer to MWI-7, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-35, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
Oil pressure warning lamp Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-36, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : Oil Pressure Warning Lamp".
EC-46
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
TYPE 1
TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000008778144
EC
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag- C
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
TYPE 1 : GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000008778145
D
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-47, "TYPE
1 : Diagnosis Description".
E
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
TYPE 2
F
TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000009816731
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information G
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC.
H
EC-47
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detec-
tion Logic INFOID:0000000008778146
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC

Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Blinking Illuminated Blinking Illuminated displaying displaying displaying displaying
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0304 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0304 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-90, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000008778147
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-90, "DTC Index". These items are required
by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-con-
tinuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-119, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
EC-48
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
EC
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : Counter System INFOID:0000000008778148
H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. I
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
M
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
EC-49
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-52, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern C
EC-50
Example: A
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
EC
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust C
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
JMBIA1418GB
EC-51
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000008778149
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
B.
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:
EC-52
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F). A
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
EC
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
pattern C. C
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code D
INFOID:0000000008778150
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
E
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use F
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
G
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE: H
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con- I
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even J
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING K
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below. L
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle M
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2) N
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
O
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) P
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
EC-53
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG
(Consecutive NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000008778151
• When detecting a DTC that affects exhaust gas, the exhaust emis-
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MIL: ON/blink) the signal received from the
exhaust emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC
that affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MIL, according to
the signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunc-
tion detection.
• Control modules that a DTC of MIL ON/Blink is stored (Control
JSBIA1315ZZ
module varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-389, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
If MIL remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self
diagnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detec-
EC-54
tion Logic INFOID:0000000009816733
A
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in EC
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. C
D
One trip detection diagnoses

— × — — × — — — E
(Refer to EC-90, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000009816734

F

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic G
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not H
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec- I
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. J
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-90, "DTC Index". These items are required
by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-con-
tinuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu- K
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-119, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma- L
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA M
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. N
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT. The
1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the O
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no P
EC-55
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : Counter System INFOID:0000000009816735
stored in the ECM memory.
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.

DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
EC-56
EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
stored in ECM.
N
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
remain in ECM.)
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
is stored in ECM.
Driving Pattern B
EC-57
Driving Pattern C
Example:
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
JMBIA1418GB
EC-58
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
C
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
System” E
Driving Pattern A
F
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000009816736
G
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions. H
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more. I
NOTE:
J
A.
pattern A.
K
DRIVING PATTERN B
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more. L
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total. N
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity. O
B.
pattern B. P
DRIVING PATTERN C
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ± 375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1 ±0.1) [%]
EC-59
than 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
ing pattern C.
pattern C.
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000009816737
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
that affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
the signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunc-
tion detection.
JSBIA1315ZZ
- ECM
- TCM
NOTE:
NOTE:
TYPE 1
TYPE 1 : On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000008778152
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released position learning ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-126, "Description".
Throttle valve closed position learning ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-127, "Description".
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-128, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value clear Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-130, "Description".
BULB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
EC-60
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. A
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-389, "Component Function Check".
SRT STATUS MODE
EC
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-53, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) : System Readiness Test (SRT)
C
Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. D
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.
• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set. E
J
JMBIA1515GB
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE

K
Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected. L
Operation Procedure
M
2. Check that MIL illuminates.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
N
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle. O
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
P
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
EC-61
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
PBIB0092E
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
EC-62
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. A
EC
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
J
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
K
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later L
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- M
function. Refer to EC-90, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as N
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
O
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values P
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-63
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
TYPE 2
TYPE 2 : On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000009816742

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction
has been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released position ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-126, "Description".
learning
BULB CHECK MODE

Description
Operation Procedure
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-389, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Description
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-389, "Diagnosis Procedure".
cycle.
Description
blinking.
NOTE:
EC-64
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal- A
function.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. EC
C
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal. D
NOTE:
E
PBIB0092E
H
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL I
EC-65
using the CONSULT. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
EC-66
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. A
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000008778153
EC
FUNCTION
C
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*1
D
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT unit. E
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read. F
DTC Work Support*2 The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
*1: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
*2: TYPE 1 only G
• Freeze frame data H
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
I
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-90, "DTC Index". J
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC

DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”. K
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC. L
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item* Description M

The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX.
DTC RESULTS
(Refer to EC-90, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. N
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel
O
schedule than short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base P
fuel schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-67
Freeze frame data item* Description
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COMBUST CONDITION These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
Monitored Item
For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-76, "Reference Value".
×: Applicable
Monitor Item Selection Remarks

Monitored item Unit MAIN ECU INPUT Description
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• Accuracy becomes poor if
Indicates the engine speed engine speed drops below
computed from the signal of the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm × × the crankshaft position sensor • If the signal is interrupted
(POS) and camshaft position while the engine is running,
sensor (PHASE). an abnormal value may be
indicated.
• When the engine is
stopped, a certain value is
The signal voltage of the mass indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V × ×
air flow sensor is displayed. • When engine is running,
specification range is indi-
cated in “SPEC”.
“Base fuel schedule” indicates
the fuel injection pulse width When engine is running,
B/FUEL SCHDL ms × × programmed into ECM, prior specification range is indicat-
to any learned on board cor- ed in “SPEC”.
rection.
indicated.
The mean value of the air-fuel • When engine is running,
A/F ALPHA-B1 % ratio feedback correction fac- specification range is indi-
tor per cycle is indicated. cated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the
data for the air-fuel ratio
learning control.
When the engine coolant tem-
The engine coolant tempera- perature sensor is open or
ture (determined by the signal short-circuited, ECM enters
COOLANT TEMP/S °C or °F × × voltage of the engine coolant fail-safe mode. The engine
temperature sensor) is dis- coolant temperature deter-
played. mined by the ECM is dis-
played.
The A/F signal computed from
the input signal of the air fuel
A/F SEN1 (B1) V × ×
ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is dis-
played.
EC-68
Monitored item Unit Description A
MAIN ECU INPUT
SIGNALS SIGNALS
The signal voltage of the heat-
HO2S2 (B1) V × × ed oxygen sensor 2 is dis- EC
played.
Display of heated oxygen sen-
sor 2 signal: C
RICH: means the amount of
oxygen after three way cata- When the engine is stopped, a
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN ×
lyst is relatively small. certain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of D
oxygen after three way cata-
lyst is relatively large.
The vehicle speed computed E
from the vehicle speed signal
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph × ×
sent from combination meter
is displayed.
The power supply voltage of
F
BATTERY VOLT V
ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2 signal is con-
The accelerator pedal position G
verted by ECM internally.
V sensor signal voltage is dis-
ACCEL SEN 2 Thus, it differs from ECM ter-
played.
minal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 × × TP SEN 2-B1 signal is con- H
The throttle position sensor verted by ECM internally.
V
TP SEN 2-B1 × × signal voltage is displayed. Thus, it differs from ECM ter-
minal voltage signal.
I
Indicates start signal status
[On/Off] computed by the After starting the engine, [Off]
START SIGNAL On/Off ECM according to the signals is displayed regardless of the
of engine speed and battery starter signal. J
voltage.
Indicates idle position [On/Off]
computed by ECM according
CLSD THL POS On/Off × × K
to the accelerator pedal posi-
tion sensor signal.
Indicates [On/Off] condition of
the air conditioner switch as L
AIR COND SIG On/Off × ×
determined by the air condi-
tioner signal.
[On/Off] condition of the pow- M
er steering system (deter-
PW/ST SIGNAL On/Off × ×
mined by the signal sent from
EPS control unit) is indicated.
N
the electrical lode signal.
ON: Rear window defogger
switch is ON and/or lighting O
LOAD SIGNAL On/Off × ×
switch is 2nd position.
Off: Both rear window defog-
ger switch and lighting switch
are OFF. P
Indicates [On/Off] condition
IGNITION SW On/Off × ×
from ignition switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW On/Off × from the heater fan switch sig-
nal.
EC-69
SIGNALS SIGNALS
BRAKE SW On/Off from the stop lamp switch sig-
nal.
Indicates the actual fuel injec-
When the engine is stopped, a
tion pulse width compensated
INJ PULSE-B1 msec certain computed value is indi-
by ECM according to the input
cated.
signals.
Indicates the ignition timing
When the engine is stopped, a
IGN TIMING BTDC computed by ECM according
certain value is indicated.
to the input signals.
“Calculated load value” indi-
cates the value of the current
CAL/LD VALUE %
air flow divided by peak air
flow.
Indicates the mass air flow
computed by ECM according
MASS AIRFLOW g/s
to the signal voltage of the
mass air flow sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister
purge volume control sole-
noid valve control value
PURG VOL C/V % computed by the ECM ac-
cording to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larg-
er as the value increases.
Indicates [°CA] of intake cam-
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA
shaft advance angle.
Indicates [°CA] of exhaust
EXH/V TIM B1 °CA
camshaft retard angle.
• The control value of the in-
take valve timing control so-
lenoid valve (determined by
ECM according to the input
INT/V SOL(B1)
% signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle be-
comes larger as the value
increases.
The air conditioner relay con-
trol condition (determined by
AIR COND RLY On/Off
signals) is indicated.
Indicates the fuel pump relay
control condition determined
FUEL PUMP RLY On/Off
signals.
Indicates the throttle control
motor relay control condition
THRTL RELAY On/Off
determined by the ECM ac-
Indicates the condition of the
cooling fan (determined by
COOLING FAN HI/LOW/Off signals).
HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
Off: Stop
EC-70
MAIN ECU INPUT
SIGNALS SIGNALS
heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- EC
HO2S2 HTR (B1) On/Off
er determined by ECM ac-
The control condition of the C
power generation voltage
variable control (determined
ALT DUTY SIG On/Off signals) is indicated. D
On: Power generation voltage
variable control is active.
Off: Power generation voltage
variable control is inactive. E
The vehicle speed computed
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph from the vehicle speed signal
sent from TCM is displayed. F
Displays the condition of Idle
Air Volume Learning
YET: Idle air volume learning G
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT has not been performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learn-
ing has already been per-
formed successfully. H
Distance traveled while MIL is
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile
activated.
The engine oil temperature I
(determined by the signal volt-
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F
age of the engine oil tempera-
ture sensor) is indicated.
J
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
heater control value com-
puted by ECM according to
A/F S1 HTR(B1) % the input signals. K
• The current flow to the heat-
er becomes larger as the
value increases.
L
Indicates the duty ratio of the
power generation command
ALT DUTY % value. The ratio is calculated
by ECM based on the battery M
current sensor signal.
The signal voltage of battery
BAT CUR SEN mV
current sensor is displayed.
N
Indicates the correction of a
factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from
the difference between the O
A/F ADJ-B1 —
target air-fuel ratio stored in
ECM and the air-fuel ratio cal-
culated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal.
P

P/N POSI SW On/Off × × from the park/neutral position
(PNP) signal.
EC-71
SIGNALS SIGNALS
The intake air temperature
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × ×
age of the intake air tempera-
ture sensor) is indicated.
The signal voltage from the re-
AC PRESS SEN V frigerant pressure sensor is
displayed.
• The control value of the ex-
haust valve timing control
solenoid valve (determined
by ECM according to the in-
VTC DTY EX B1 %
put signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle be-
comes larger as the value
increases.
The signal voltage of battery
BAT TEMP SEN V temperature sensor is dis-
played.
THRTL STK CNT B1 — Not used.
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) INCMP/CMPLT The item is indicated, but not
used.
The signal voltage of EOP
EOP SENSOR mV
sensor is displayed.
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph
displayed.
MAIN SW On/Off
from MAIN switch signal.
CANCEL SW On/Off
from CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW On/Off from RESUME/ACCELER-
ATE switch signal.
SET SW On/Off from SET/COAST switch sig-
nal.
BRAKE SW1 On/Off from brake pedal position
switch signal.
BRAKE SW2 On/Off
stop lamp switch signal.
Indicates the vehicle cruise
condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is main-
tained at the ASCD set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT NON/CUT CUT: Vehicle speed de-
creased to excessively low
compared with the ASCD set
speed, and ASCD operation is
cut off.
EC-72
MAIN ECU INPUT
SIGNALS SIGNALS
Indicates the vehicle cruise
condition. EC
NON: Vehicle speed is main-
LO SPEED CUT NON/CUT tained at the ASCD set speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed de-
creased to excessively low,
C
and ASCD operation is cut off.
CRUISE lamp determined by D
CRUISE LAMP On/Off
the ECM according to the in-
put signals.
Indicates [On/Off] condition of E
SET lamp determined by the
SET LAMP On/Off
signals.
F
kickdown determined by the
KICKDOWN POS On/Off
signals. G
Models other than M/T mod-
CLUTCH P/P SW On/Off clutch pedal position switch
els always display OFF.
signals.
H
Indicates DTC P0139 self-di-
agnosis (delayed response)
condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG1(B1) INCMP/CMPLT • INCMP: Self-diagnosis is I
incomplete.
• CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is
complete.
J
NOTE:
A/F SEN1 DIAG2(B1) INCMP/CMPLT The item is indicated, but not
used.
Displays a determined value
K
of atmospheric correction fac-
tor necessary for correcting
an A/F sensor signal input to L
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
— ECM. The signal used for the
CRCT B1
correction is an A/F sensor
signal transmitted while driv-
ing under atmospheric pres- M
sure.
Displays a determined value
of atmospheric correction fac-
N
tor necessary for correcting
an A/F sensor signal input to
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
— ECM. The signal used for the
CRCT B2
correction is an A/F sensor O
signal transmitted while driv-
ing under atmospheric pres-
sure.
Displays the number of up-
P
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
count dates of the A/F sensor atmo-
CRCT UP B1
spheric correction factor.
Displays the number of up-
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
count dates of the A/F sensor atmo-
CRCT UP B2
spheric correction factor.
NOTE:
EC-73
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the When learning the idle air volume
specified range is memorized in ECM.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line
Crank a few times after engine stalls.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* Idle condition When setting target idle speed
SELF-LEARNING CONT The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio re- When clearing mixture ratio self-learning
turns to the original coefficient. value
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* Idle condition When adjusting target ignition timing
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning throttle valve closed position
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Engine: Return to the original trouble con-
• Harness and connectors
dition If trouble symptom disap-
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injection using pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original trouble con- • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT dition If trouble symptom disap- • Engine coolant temperature
TEMP • Change the engine coolant temperature pears, see CHECK ITEM. sensor
using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Engine: After warming up, run engine at
1,500 rpm. Engine speed changes ac-
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge volume cording to the opening per-
• Solenoid valve
control solenoid valve opening percent us- cent.
ing CONSULT.
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and “OFF” Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
CONSULT. • Cooling fan motor
ALTERNATOR • Engine: Idle
Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY • Change duty ratio using CONSULT.
• Alternator
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” Fuel pump relay makes the • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY
using CONSULT and listen to operating operating sound. • Fuel pump relay
sound.
• Engine: Return to the original trouble con-
dition If trouble symptom disap- Perform Idle Air Volume Learn-
IGNITION TIMING
• Timing light: Set pears, see CHECK ITEM. ing.
• Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
• Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE • Shift lever: Neutral Engine runs rough or dies.
• Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a
• Spark plug
time using CONSULT.
• Ignition coil
EC-74
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
• Engine: Return to the original non-stan-
If malfunctioning symptom • Harness and connectors
INT V/T ASSIGN dard condition
disappears, see CHECK • Intake valve timing control so-
ANGLE • Change intake valve timing using CON-
ITEM. lenoid valve
SULT. EC
• Engine: Return to the original non-stan-
If malfunctioning symptom • Harness and connectors
EXH V/T ASSIGN dard condition
disappears, see CHECK • Exhaust valve timing control
ANGLE • Change exhaust valve timing using CON-
SULT.
ITEM. solenoid valve C
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE D
Test Item
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page E

A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-202, "DTC Description"
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-192, "DTC Description"
F
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-214, "DTC Description"
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-209, "DTC Description"
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 G
P0139 EC-223, "DTC Description"
HO2S2 (B2) P1166
SRT & P-DTC MODE H

SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. I
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
J
EC-75
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000008778154
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations.
Example:
The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the data monitor.
This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received from
the cam shaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
For outlines of following items, refer to EC-67, "CONSULT Function".
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-142, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-142, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-142, "Description".
COOLANT TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1)
are met. 1.0 V
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at LEAN ←→ RICH
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
cation. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V

TP SEN 2-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Shift lever:1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released On

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Off
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine On
(Compressor operates.)
• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned Off
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned On
EC-76
ECM
A
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or On
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting EC
Off
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On
Heater fan switch: ON On C
HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF Off
Brake pedal: Fully released Off
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON D
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever position: P or N E
INJ PULSE-B1 (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up 9°BTDC (CVT) F
Idle
• Selector lever position: P or N 10°BTDC (M/T)
IGN TIMING (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45°BTDC G
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
• Selector lever position: P or N
CAL/LD VALUE (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) H
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0.8 - 4.0 g/s I
MASS AIRFLOW (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g/s
• No load J
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) K
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 0% - 50%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA L
INT/V TIM(B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0° - 40°CA
Quickly
• No load M
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5)° - (+5)°CA
EXH/V TIM B1 (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
Approx. 0° - 40°CA N
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Quickly
• No load
• Selector lever position: P or N O
INT/V SOL(B1) (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 90%
Quickly
• No load
P
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine On
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON
On
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above Off
EC-77
ECM
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON On
Engine coolant temperature is 98°C
Off
(208°F) or less
• Engine: After warning up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
HIGH
(212°F) or more
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (for China) or 3,200 rpm (for Indonesia) after
the following conditions are met.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up On
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating On
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating Off
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever position: P or N (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) Approx 2,500 - 3,500 mV
• No load
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine running −0.330) - (+0.330)
Selector lever position: P or N (CVT) or
On
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T)
Shift lever: Except above Off
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
• Selector lever: P or N
VTC DTY EX B1
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0- 90%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
• Selector lever: P or N Indicates the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN
• Air conditioner switch: OFF around the battery.
• No load
THRTL STK CNT B1 Not used. —
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) has not been performed yet. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) has already been performed suc-
CMPLT
cessfully.
EC-78
ECM
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx 1,000 - 2,000 mV
EOP SENSOR (CVT) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx 1,500 - 3,500 mV
EC
• No load
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
C
MAIN switch: Pressed On
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released Off
CANCEL switch: Pressed On D
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released Off
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed On
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON E
ACCEL/RES switch: Released Off
COAST/SET switch: Pressed On
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
COAST/SET switch: Released Off F
BRAKE SW1 • Brake pedal: Fully released On
(Brake pedal posi- • Ignition switch: ON
tion switch) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Off
G
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released Off
• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON H
LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON On → Off I
the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating On
• When vehicle speed: Between
SET LAMP J
38 km/h (24 MPH) and 160 km/h ASCD: Not operating Off
(100 MPH)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released Off
KICKDOWN POS • Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed On K
Clutch pedal: Fully released Off
CLUTCH P/P SW • Ignition switch: ON
Clutch pedal: Fully depressed On
L
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) has not been performed yet. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) has already been performed suc-
CMPLT
cessfully.
M
A/F SEN1 NOTE:
—
DIAG2(B1) The item is indicated, but not used.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle N
Engine: After warming up, idle the enngine
CRCT B1 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the enngine
CRCT B2 environment.
O
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B1 number of updates.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running P
CRCT UP B2 number of updates.
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
EC-79
ECM
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PBIA9221J
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminals.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
Terminal No. Description

Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
2.6 V
1 [Engine is running]
108 Throttle control motor
(BR)*1 Output • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
(B) (Open)
(L)*2 • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
JMBIA0213GB
2
108 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
(GR)*1 Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(B) supply (11 - 14 V)
(SB)*2
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
3 108
A/F sensor 1 heater Output • Idle speed
(L) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)
JSBIA0714GB
1.8 V
4 [Ignition switch: ON]

*1 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
(G) Output
(B) (Close) • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
(P)*2 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0215GB
EC-80
ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (for 10 V EC
China) or 3,200 rpm (for Indonesia)
after the following conditions are
met
- Engine: after warming up
C
- Keeping the engine speed between
5 59 Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
Output
(G) (GR) heater and at idle for 1 minute under no
JMBIA0214GB D
load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE E
[Engine is running]
(11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (for
China) or 3,200 rpm (for Indonesia)
BATTERY VOLTAGE F
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] G
• Idle speed
H
9
108 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB
(L)*1 Output
*2
(B) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(P)
(11 - 14 V) I
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after start- J
ing engine.)
JMBIA0216GB
K
10
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
11
L
(B/Y)*1 — ECM ground — — —
(B)*2
M
12 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 1 (Rear)
(G) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
16
Fuel injector No. 3 (Rear) • Warm-up condition N
(LG)
• Idle speed
20 NOTE:
(P) The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle O
24
(L) JMBIA0221GB
108
Output
25 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(SB)
Fuel injector No. 4 (Front) P
(11 - 14 V)
29
Fuel injector No. 3 (Front)
(V) [Engine is running]
30
Fuel injector No. 2 (Front) • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
(R)
31
Fuel injector No. 1 (Front)
(L) JMBIA0222GB
EC-81
ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 108 [Ignition switch: OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V)
(Y) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
17 0 - 0.3 V
(V)*1 Ignition signal No. 1 [Engine is running]
(R)*2 • Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
18 The pulse cycle changes depending
Ignition signal No. 2
(LG) on rpm at idle
108 JMBIA0219GB
Output
21 (B)
0.2 - 0.5 V
(W)*1 Ignition signal No. 4
(G)*2
[Engine is running]
22 • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
(L)*1 Ignition signal No. 3
(SB)*2
JMBIA0220GB

• For 1 second after turning ignition
0 - 1.0 V
switch ON
23 108 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(GR) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ig-
(11 - 14 V)
nition switch ON
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
32 108 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(P) (B) (Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 - 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
33
36 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(B)*1 Throttle position sensor 1 Input
*2
(R) [Ignition switch: ON]
(G)
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
34 36 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 2 Input
(W) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
36 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V
(W) (—) • Idle speed
EC-82
ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
38 44 0 - 4.8 V
(LG) *1
(V)*1
Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
EC
sensor
(P)*2 (B)*2 coolant temperature.
0 - 4.8 V
39 68 C
Battery temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with battery
(GR) (BR)
temperature.
40 Sensor ground
— — — —
(—) (Knock sensor shield circuit) D
44 Sensor ground
(V)*1 — (Engine coolant temperature — — —
(B) *2 sensor) E
[Ignition switch ON]
0.4 V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running] F
• Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.3 V
45 52
Mass air flow sensor Input • Idle speed
(G) (W)
[Engine is running] 0.8 - 1.3 to 2.4 V G
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about response to engine being in-
4,000 rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm.)
H
46 0 - 4.8 V
52 Intake air temperature sen-
(SB)*1 Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(W) sor
(V) *2 air temperature.
I
[Engine is running]
47 60 • Idle speed
Engine oil pressure sensor Input J
(G) (W) [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
4.3 V
K
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed L
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
M
JSBIA0716GB
48 63 Exhaust valve timing control
Input
(Y) (L) position sensor
4.3 V
N
[Engine is running]
O
JSBIA0717GB
49 108 P
A/F sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(W) (B)
EC-83
ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
50 59
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(O) (GR)
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
Sensor ground
52
— (Mass air flow sensor/Intake — — —
(W)
air temperature sensor)
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
53 108
A/F sensor 1 Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(B) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm ratio.
Sensor ground
54
— (Engine oil temperature sen- — — —
(GR)
sor)
0 - 4.8 V
57 54 Engine oil temperature sen-
(P) (GR) sor
oil temperature.
[Engine is running]
58 68
(G) (BR)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged*3 2.5 - 3.5 V
• Idle speed
59 Sensor ground
— — — —
(GR) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
60 Sensor ground
— — — —
(W) (Engine oil pressure sensor)
4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
on rpm at idle
61 62 Crankshaft position sensor JMBIA2185GB

Input
(R) (W) (POS)
4.0 V
[Engine is running]
JMBIA2186GB
Sensor ground
62
— [Crankshaft position sensor — — —
(W)
(POS)]
Sensor ground
63 [Camshaft position sensor
— — — —
(L) (PHASE), exhaust valve tim-
ing control position sensor]
EC-84
ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
4.3 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
on rpm at idle
JSBIA0718GB
65 63 Camshaft position sensor D
Input
(Y) (L) (PHASE)
4.3 V
E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA0719GB
68 Sensor ground
— — — —
(BR) (Battery current sensor) G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
69 • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/
108 (11 - 14 V)
(BR)*1 Park/Neutral position signal Input T) H
(B)
(L)*2 [Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• Shift lever: Except above position
71 68 Sensor power supply I
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V) (BR) (Battery current sensor)
72
36 Sensor power supply
(L)*1 — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V J
*2
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
(B)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) K
• Idle speed
7 - 10 V
73 108 Intake valve timing control L
Output [Engine is running]
(Y) (B) solenoid valve
• When revving engine up to
2,000rpm quickly M
JSBIA3042GB
74 60 Sensor power supply N

(R) (W) (Engine oil pressure sensor)
Sensor power supply
75 62
[Crankshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V O
(G) (W)
(POS)]
EC-85
ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 10 V
77 108 Exhaust valve timing control
(G) (B) solenoid valve
• When revving engine up to
2,000rpm quickly
JSBIA3042GB
Sensor power supply

78 63 [Camshaft position sensor
(O) (L) (PHASE), exhaust valve tim-
ing control position sensor]
81 108 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Y) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0V
82 108 Starter motor relay cut off
Output [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(SB) (B) signal
• Idle speed (11 - 14 V)
83 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
84 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
(P)*1 (V)*1 Refrigerant pressure sensor Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
*2 *2
• Both A/C switch and blower fan
(GR) (BR) switch: ON (Compressor operates)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Selector lever: D 0V
• Engine speed: Below 1,500 rpm (While operating the starter mo-
87 108 Starter motor relay control NOTE: tor)
Output To decrease engine speed, refer to
(V) (B) signal
the DTC detection condition B of
P1650.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
88 Input/
— Data link connector — —
(W) Output
93 [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
108
(O)*1 Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(Y)*2 (11 - 14 V)
98 Sensor ground
(V)*1 — (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — —
(BR)*2 sor)

99 0V
108 • Brake pedal: Fully released
(SB)*1 Stop lamp switch Input
(B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R)*2
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
EC-86
ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
101 98 Sensor power supply
(L) *1
(V)*1 (Refrigerant pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
EC
(W)*2 (BR)*2 sor)
102 Sensor power supply

104 C
(O)*1 (Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(Y)
(V)*2 sensor 2)

• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
D
103
104 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(W)*1 Input
(Y) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
(GR)*2 E
Sensor ground
104
— (Accelerator pedal position — — — F
(Y)
sensor 2)
105 108 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V)
G
(V)*1 (GR)*1 (Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR)*2 (SB)*2 sensor 1)
H
108
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
[Ignition switch: ON] I
110 111
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R)*1 (GR)*1 Input
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
(G)*2 (SB)*2 J
111 Sensor ground
(GR)*1 — (Accelerator pedal position — — —
K
(SB)*2 sensor 1)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) L
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
*3: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-159, "How to
Handle Battery". M
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000008778155
N
Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page O
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system. P
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open Check"
DTC RELATED ITEM
EC-87
ECM
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control The signal is not energized to the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0223 condition.
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
P0198
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
P0524 Engine oil pressure ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combination meter.
Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000rpm due to the fuel cut. (Fail-safe is canceled
when ignition switch OFF → ON.)
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
EC-88
ECM
A
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
malfunction:)
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. EC
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm D
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. E
P2128 condition.
F
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000008778156
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. G
Priority DTC Detected items

H
U0101, U1001 CAN communication line
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor I
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0196, P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor J
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
K
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
1 P0520 Engine oil pressure sensor L
P0605, P0607 ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
M
P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553, P1554 Battery current sensor
P1556, P1557 Battery temperature sensor N
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P1650 Starter motor relay 2
O
P1651 Starter motor relay
P1652 Starter motor communication line
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor P
EC-89
ECM
Priority DTC Detected items
P0031, P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037, P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0078 Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0137, P0138, P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0603 ECM
2
P0710, P0715, P0720, P0740, P0744, P0745, P0746,
CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
P0776, P0778, P0840, P1740, P1777, P1778
P1078 Exhaust camshaft position sensor
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1805 Brake switch
P2100, P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0304 Misfire
3 P0420 Three way catalyst function
P0524 Engine oil pressure
P1715 Input speed sensor
P1720 Vehicle speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
DTC Index INFOID:0000000008778157
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT SRT code Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (TCM) — 1 or 2 × or — EC-154
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-155

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 — — — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × or — EC-156
P0014 0014 EXT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × or — EC-161
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-166
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-166
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-169
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-169
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × EC-172
P0078 0078 EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-175
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-178
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-178
EC-90
ECM
DTC*1 A
Items
ECM*3
GST*2
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × or — EC-183
EC
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × or — EC-183

P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 or 2 × EC-185
C
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 or 2 × EC-185
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-188
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-188 D
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-192
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-196
E
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-199
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-202
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-209 F
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-214
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-223
G
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-229
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-233
P0196 0196 EOP SEN/CIR — 2 — EC-237 H
P0197 0197 EOP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-240
P0198 0198 EOP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-240
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × or — EC-243
I
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × or — EC-243

P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-247 J
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-247
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-247 K
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-253
L
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-253
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-255
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-259 M
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-263
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-268
N
P0500 0500 VEHICLE SPEED SEN A* 5 — 2 × EC-271
P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — EC-274
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — EC-277 O
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT *6 — 2 × EC-282
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-284
P
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-286
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × or — EC-287
EC-290
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 ×
EC-292
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-296
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-300
EC-91
ECM
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-304
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-305
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-306
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-318
P1557 1557 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-318
SEC-40
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — SEC-93
SEC-154
SEC-42
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — 2 — SEC-95
SEC-156
SEC-43
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-96
SEC-157
SEC-45
P1614 1614 CHAIN_OF_IMMU-KEY — 2 — SEC-98
SEC-159
SEC-48
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — SEC-101
SEC-162
P1650 1650 STR MTR RELAY2 — 2 × or — EC-321
P1651 1651 STR MTR RELAY — 2 × EC-324
P1652 1652 STR MTR SYS COMM — 1 × EC-326
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — EC-328
P1720 1720 V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) — 2 — EC-330
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 1 or 2 × or — EC-332
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × or — EC-335
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × or — EC-338
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × or — EC-335
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × or — EC-342
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × or — EC-344
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × or — EC-346
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × or — EC-352
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × or — EC-356
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
EC-92
ECM
*6: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
A
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000009821917
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while EC
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and C
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
D
EC-93
ECM
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean)
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8EH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
P015B 94H 01H
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
P0133 96H 84H
lean)
EC-94
ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
C
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage D
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis E
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for F

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage G
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for H
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle I
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean J

P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean) K
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too L
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency M
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014E 8DH 04H
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to N
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1 O
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to P
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H
EC-95
ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P015D 94H 01H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
HO2S 06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
EGR Low flow faults: Difference between
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
EC-96
ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
C
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014 83H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
P0011 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052A G
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
P0024 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
I
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH J
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1093 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
P0021 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
L
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052C
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close
EC-97
ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) 81H 0BH
High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input: P0037 Converted value of heater electric cur-
42H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) 81H 0BH
High Input: P0052 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input: P0057 Converted value of heater electric cur-
46H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) High Input: P0058 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system pump
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped
FUEL P117A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped
P117B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
EC-98
ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
G
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H H
the multiple cylinders
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires I
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H J
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of K
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder L
P0307 8FH 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of M
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of O
P0300 93H 24H
the multiple cylinders
EC-99
ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
P0305 0CH 24H
cycles
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles
EC-100
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000008778159
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
JRBWC3416GB
EC-101
JRBWC3417GB
EC-102
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JRBWC3418GB
P
EC-103
JRBWC3419GB
EC-104
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JRBWC3420GB
P
EC-105
JRBWC3421GB
EC-106
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JRBWC3430GB
P
EC-107
JRBWC3431GB
EC-108
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JRBWC3432GB
P
EC-109
JRBWC3433GB
EC-110
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JRBWC3434GB
P
EC-111
JRBWC3435GB
EC-112
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JRBWC3436GB
P
EC-113
JRBWC3437GB
EC-114
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JRBWC3438GB
P
EC-115
JRBWC3439GB
EC-116
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JRBWC3440GB
P
EC-117
JRBWC3441GB
EC-118
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
BASIC INSPECTION A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000008778160
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW
EC-119
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-121, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-395, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-399, "Description" and EC-
87, "Fail Safe".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
87, "Fail Safe".
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-89, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-131, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT?
EC-120
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. A
7.PERFORM “SPEC” IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT EC
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Refer to EC-142, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE D
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
F
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-395, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
G
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. H
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-42, "Circuit Inspec- I
tion".
YES >> GO TO 11. J
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-76, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART K
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. L
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 12. M
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function N
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
O
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM. If the P
completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING PATTERN” in EC-138,
"SRT Set Driving Pattern".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000008778161
DESCRIPTION
EC-121
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017
EC-122
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
A
Description INFOID:0000000008931491
SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT EC

×: Applicable
Service performed
Part name Required service Reference
Replacement Removal*1
C
Additional service when replacing ECM EC-124
×
Idle air volume learning EC-128 D
ECM
Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-126
× ×
Throttle valve closed position learning EC-127
Accelerator Pedal × × Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-126 E
× × Throttle valve closed position learning EC-127
Electric throttle
× Idle air volume learning EC-128
F
× Throttle valve closed position learning *2 EC-127
Engine assembly ×
Idle air volume learning*2 EC-128
G
*1: Harness connector disconnection included.
*2: Replacement of engine with a electric throttle.
H
EC-123
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-124, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000008778163
1.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER

Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check the part number when ordering ECM or with the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 3.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-404, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 5.
4.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-404, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to the following.
• SEC-38, "Work Procedure" (for China models with intelligent key)
• SEC-92, "Work Procedure" (for China models without intelligent key)
• SEC-152, "Work Procedure" (for Indonesia models with intelligent key)
>> GO TO 6.
EC-124
6.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING A

Refer to EC-126, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 7. EC
7.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
C
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING D
E
>> END
EC-125
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
>> END
EC-126
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside is
cleaned.
C
1.START D
With CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
I
>> END
EC-127
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
- For vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, perform one of the following procedures before
starting engine not to illuminate headlamps.
• Apply parking brake
• Set lighting switch to the 1st position
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- CVT models
• With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” sys-
tem indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-126, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-127, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
dure".
EC-128
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. A
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
EC
blinking and turned ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Wait 20 seconds. C
SEC897C F
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING G
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations.
H
For specification, refer to EC-405, "Idle Speed" and EC-405, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
I
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following J
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. L
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident. M
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-142, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again: N
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
O
>> INSPECTION END
EC-129
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
1.START
With CONSULT
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END
EC-130
BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
A
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N
>> GO TO 3
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
P
EC-131
BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-400, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-405, "Idle Speed".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-126, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-259, "DTC Description".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-255, "DTC Description".
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to the following.
- SEC-38, "Work Procedure" (for China models with intelligent key)
- SEC-92, "Work Procedure" (for China models without intelligent key)
- SEC-152, "Work Procedure" (for Indonesia models with intelligent key)
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
EC-132
BASIC INSPECTION
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. A
: Timing indicator
For procedure, refer to EC-401, "Inspection". EC

For specification, refer to EC-405, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 19. C
NO >> GO TO 11.
MBIB1331E D
1. Stop engine.
E
>> GO TO 12.
F
G
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H
Is idle air volume learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14. I
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN J
For specification, refer to EC-405, "Idle Speed". K
YES >> GO TO 15.
L
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle. M
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
: Timing indicator
N
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
P
MBIB1331E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-57, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or EM-184, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
EC-133
BASIC INSPECTION

Check the following.
YES >> GO TO 18.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to the following.
- SEC-38, "Work Procedure" (for China models with intelligent key)
- SEC-92, "Work Procedure" (for China models without intelligent key)
- SEC-152, "Work Procedure" (for Indonesia models with intelligent key)
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-124, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END
EC-134
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT C
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
F
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes. I
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, J
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
K
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because C12 models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube L
adapter [SST: KV10118400 or KV10120000] (D), then connect
fuel pressure gauge (A).
M
C : Hose clamp
: To quick connector
: To fuel tube (engine side) N
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E O
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. P
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose.
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
EC-135
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check to fuel tube (engine
side) with clamp as shown in the figure.
: No.2 spool
CAUTION:
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel
tube and No.1 spool .
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches
PBIB2983E
the No.1 spool on fuel tube.
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710 or 16439 40U00).
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
Tightening torque : 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector .
A : Fuel pressure gauge

6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
CAUTION:
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operat- JSBIA0598ZZ
ing. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.

• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-9, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-136
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
A
OUTLINE EC
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM C
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item* D
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0130, P0133
E
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137

F
*: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
G
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.
H
EC-137
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
JSBIA0399GB
SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000008778175
CAUTION:
EC-138
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
A
EC
JSBIA1318GB
NOTE: P
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
EC-139
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-90, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-60, "TYPE 1 : On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-53, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE
1) : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
3. Check DTC.
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-90, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-53, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
(TYPE 1) : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-138, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:
EC-140
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature A
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 - 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 1.4 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 4.1 V
EC
>> GO TO 6.
C
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. D
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. E
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
F
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT G
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-60, "TYPE 1 : On Board Diagnosis Function". H
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set? I
YES >> END
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.
J
EC-141
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value
in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000008778178
1.START
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
- CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
YES >> END
NO >> Proceed to EC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-142
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008778179
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
PBIB2318E
EC-143
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-142, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
EC-144
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because it may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is A
out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17. EC
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
E
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
SP value. F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within I
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure".)
O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-9, "Exploded
View"), and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7. P
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-9, "Exploded View"), and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.
EC-145

1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-387, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-371, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".)
3. Intake air leakage
4. Low compression pressure [Refer to EM-17, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or EM-144, "Inspection" (HR16DE).]
YES >> Replace fuel injector [Refer to EM-39, "Removal and Installation" (HR15DE) or EM-167, "Removal
and Installation" (HR16DE)], and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-192, "DTC Description".
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 15.
EC-146
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A

1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
EC
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” C
1. Start engine.
the SP value. D
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-395, "Symptom Table". E
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the F
SP value.
YES >> INSPECTION END G
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity I
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. J
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. K
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
M
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
O
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value. P
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
EC-147
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-178, "DTC
Description". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor [Refer to EM-28, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (HR15DE) or EM-155, "Removal and Installation" (HR16DE)], and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-404, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
YES >> GO TO 27.
SP value.
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor [Refer to EM-28, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (HR15DE) or EM-155, "Removal and Installation" (HR16DE)], and then GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
EC-148
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve A
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
EC
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-395, "Symptom Table".
E
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value. F
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-395, "Symptom Table". G
EC-149
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

2. Check ground connection E21 and E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F23*1 10
F21*2 11
Ground Existed
E16*1
108
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
3. Also check harness for short to power.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
1. Reconnect ECM harness connectors.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors as follows.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
• Ignition switch: OFF
• A few seconds after turning igni- 0 − 1.0 V
F23*1 E16*1 tion switch OFF
32 108
F21*2 E18*2 • Ignition switch: OFF
• More than a few seconds after Battery voltage
turning ignition switch OFF
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 8.
EC-150
A
ECM
Connector EC
Terminal
E16*1
81 108 Ignition switch: OFF Battery voltage
E18*2 C
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 10.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 3 E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors as follows.

F
ECM
Connector
Terminal G
E16*1 Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
93 108
E18*2 Ignition switch: OFF 0V
H
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 11.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 4 J
ECM
K
Connector
Terminal L
*1
E16
105 108 Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
E18*2
*1: LHD models M
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 7. N
NO >> GO TO 13.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-50, "Removal and Installation". P
8.CHECK FUSE
2. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 43) from IPDM E/R.
3. Check the fuse.
EC-151
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace the fuse.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R ECM Continuity
F23*1
E14 41 32 Existed
F21*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R.
+ −
E16*1
E14 42 81 Existed
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
11.CHECK FUSE
3. Check the fuse.
YES >> GO TO 12.
EC-152
+ − A
EC
E16*1
E15 62 93 Existed
E18*2
*1: LHD models C
*2: RHD models
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 5 E
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ −
G
E16*1 H
E14 35 105 Existed
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models I
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R. J
EC-153
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000008842849
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
LOST COMM (TCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of
U0101
(Lost communication with TCM) OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CAN communication line between TCM and ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
EC-154
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal oth-
E
U1001
(CAN communication circuit) er than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END J
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow K
Chart".
EC-155
P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Detecting condition
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011 (“A” Camshaft position - timing over-ad- There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
vanced or System Performance Bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode

Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve control
does not function.

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for
DTC P0075.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-172, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 1
With CONSULT
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 – 2,000 rpm

COOLANT TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
P or N position (CVT)
Shift lever
Neutral position (M/T)
EC-156
P0011 IVT CONTROL
5. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. A
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? EC
YES >> Proceed to EC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 2 C
With CONSULT
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. D
1,200 – 3,175 rpm (A constant rota-

ENG SPEED E
tion is maintained.)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
F
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help
Driving location uphill
maintain the driving conditions re-
quired for this test.) G
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. H
With GST
Is 1st trip DTC detected? I
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY K
DTC P0075.
L
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi- N
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, O
"Inspection" (HR16DE).
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
PBIA8559J
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-160, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Solenoid Valve)".
EC-157
P0011 IVT CONTROL
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-59, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or
EM-186, "Exploded View" (HR16DE).
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-158, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228,
"Exploded View" (HR16DE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-159, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-173,
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-59, "Removal
and Installation" (HR15DE) or EM-187, "Removal and
Installation" (HR16DE).
JSBIA0599ZZ

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-49, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-176,
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-68, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or EM-
195, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000008949862
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - 1

2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE).
EC-158
P0011 IVT CONTROL
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-100,
"Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228, "Exploded EC
View" (HR16DE).
PBIA9210J
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - 2 D
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminals as follows.

E
Crankshaft position sensor
+ − Condition Resistance
Terminal F
1 2
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
G
2 3
YES >> INSPECTION END H
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000008949863
I
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - 1

J
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-173, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE). K
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-46,
"Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-173, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE). M
N
PBIA9210J

O
Check resistance camshaft position sensor terminals as follows.
Camshaft position sensor P

Terminal
1 2
2 3
EC-159
P0011 IVT CONTROL
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000008778186
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE - 1

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
Intake valve timing control solenoid

valve
Condition Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.7 Ω
1 Temperature 20°C (68°F) ∞Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-59, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-
186, "Exploded View" (HR16DE).
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid
valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ

EC-160
P0014 EVT CONTROL
P0014 EVT CONTROL
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
EXH/V TIM CONT-B1
P0014 (“B” camshaft position - timing over-ad- There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
vanced or system performance bank 1)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Camshaft position sensor E
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
• Timing chain installation F
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for exhaust valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE G

Exhaust valve timing control The signal is not energized to the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve con- H
trol does not function.

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY I
DTC P0078.
J
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION:
N
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT O
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. P
4. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

ENG SPEED
EC-161
P0014 EVT CONTROL
P or N position (CVT)
Selector lever
5. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help
Driving location uphill
maintain the driving conditions re-
quired for this test.)
CAUTION:
With GST

DTC P0078.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19,
"Inspection" (HR16DE).
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA8559J
EC-162
P0014 EVT CONTROL
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

Check exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-163, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve
Timing Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-59, "Exploded View" (HR15DE)
or EM-186, "Exploded View" (HR16DE).
C
4. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5.
"Exploded View" (HR16DE). E
5.CHECK REPLACE EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-165, "Component Inspection F
(Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 6. G
NO >> Replace replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View"
(HR15DE) or EM-173, "Exploded View" (HR16DE).
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH) H
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft J
K
JSBIA0600ZZ
7.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION L
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-49, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-176,
N
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Check lubrication circuit. Refer to “INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION” in EM-68, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or
EM-195, "Inspection" (HR16DE). O
NO >> Clean lubrication line. P
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000008778189
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE - 1

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
EC-163
P0014 EVT CONTROL
Exhaust valve timing control sole-

noid valve
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.7 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-59, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control sole-
noid valve is removed.


View" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 2.
View" (HR16DE).
PBIA9210J

EC-164
P0014 EVT CONTROL
Crankshaft position sensor A

Terminal
EC
1 2
2 3 C
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228, D
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000008949865
E
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR - 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. H
Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-173,
I
J
JMBIA0065ZZ

Check resistance exhaust valve timing control position sensor terminals as follows. K
Exhaust valve timing control posi-

tion sensor L
+ −
Terminal
1 2
M

2 3 N
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" O
EC-165
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
A/F SEN 1 HTR (B1)
range.
P0031 (HO2S heater control circuit low bank 1
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor
sensor 1)
1 heater.)
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
A/F SEN 1 HTR (B1)
range.
P0032 (HO2S heater control circuit high bank 1
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor
sensor 1)
1 heater.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0031
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 heater
DTC P0032
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 (A/F SENSOR 1) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
EC-166
+ A
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
F72 4 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
F
F23*1
F72 3 3 Existed
F21*2 G
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-167, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater)". J
NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-161, "Exploded View" K
(HR16DE).
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
M
+ −
IPDM E/R A/F sensor 1 Continuity
N
E14 36 F72 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. O
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater) INFOID:0000000008778192
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 HEATER (A/F SENSOR 1)

3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
EC-167
A/F sensor 1
Terminal
4 1.88 – 2.44 Ω
3 1
(Continuity
1 should not exist)
4
2
NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-161, "Exploded View"
(HR16DE).
EC-168
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
A

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxy-
sensor 2) D
gen sensor 2 heater.)
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038 (HO2S heater control circuit high bank 1
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated ox- E
sensor 2)
ygen sensor 2 heater.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
F
DTC P0037
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater G
DTC P0038
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
With CONSULT
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. N
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. O
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. P
EC-169
1.CHECK HEATED OXGEN SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ground.
+
heated oxygen sensor 2 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK HEATED OXGEN SENSOR 2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
heated oxygen sensor 2 ECM Continuity
F71 3 F23 5 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-171, "Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
Heater)".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connec-
tor.
+ −
IPDM E/R Heated oxygen sensor 2 Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
EC-170
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater) INFOID:0000000008778195
A
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. EC
3. Check resistance between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminals as follows.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 C

Terminal
D
2 3 3.3 – 4.4 Ω
2
1 3 E
(Continuity
1 should not exist)
F
4 2
3
Is the inspection result normal? G
H
EC-171
P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control
P0075
(Intake valve control solenoid circuit bank 1) solenoid valve.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
+
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
EC-172
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har- A
ness connector.
+ − EC
Intake valve timing control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
F24*1
F41 2 73 Existed
F22*2
D
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
E
YES >> GO TO 3.
F
ing Control Solenoid Valve)". G
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-59, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or H
I
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and intake valve timing control solenoid valve
harness connector. J
+ −
Intake valve timing control K
IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve
L
N

O
P
EC-173

valve
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.7 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-59, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-
CAUTION:
NOTE:
valve is removed.

EC-174
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A

EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through exhaust valve timing con-
P0078 (Exhaust valve control solenoid circuit bank
trol solenoid valve.
1)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. J
YES >> Proceed to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008778200 L
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. N
+
Exhaust valve timing control sole-
− Voltage
O
noid valve
Connector Terminal
F100 1 Ground Battery voltage P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-175
3. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve
F24*1
F100 2 77 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve
Timing Control Solenoid Valve)".
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000008936185

3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
EC-176
Exhaust valve timing control sole- A

noid valve
+ −
Terminal EC
1 2 7.0 – 7.7 Ω
C
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
E
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-59, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-
186, "Exploded View" (HR16DE). F
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
CAUTION: G
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
timing control solenoid valve. H
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control sole-
noid valve is removed.
I

J
EC-177
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0102 (Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit low in- An excessively low voltage from the mass air flow sensor is sent to ECM.
put)
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0103 (Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit high in- An excessively high voltage from the mass air flow sensor is sent to ECM.
put)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0102
• Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leakage
• Mass air flow sensor
DTC P0103
FAIL-SAFE

Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

1.PRECONDITIONING
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 - 1
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
EC-178
2. Check DTC. A
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". EC
C
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
D
DTC P0102>>GO TO 2.
DTC P0103>>GO TO 3. E
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct F
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 H
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
+ J
Mass air flow sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
K
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
+ −
Mass air flow sensor ECM Continuity
O
F24*1
F4 4 52 Existed
F22*2 P
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 5.
EC-179
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
*1
F24
F4 3 45 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-180, "Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor)".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-155, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE).
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and mass air flow sensor harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Mass air flow sensor Continuity
E14 35 F4 5 Existed
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) INFOID:0000000008778204
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR - 1

With CONSULT
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
5. Check “MAS A/F SE-B1” indication as follows.
Monitor item Condition Values

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 – 1.3 V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 – 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
EC-180
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as follows.
EC
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ − C
*1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 – 1.3 V
F24
45 52
F22*2 0.8 – 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4
D
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
V*3
*1: LHD models
E
*2: RHD models
*3: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR G
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts H
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
J
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. K
L
M
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. N
Without CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. O
ECM P
Connector
+ −
F24*1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 – 1.3 V
*2
45 52
F22 0.8 – 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4
V*3
EC-181
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
*2
45 52
F22 0.8 – 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4
V*3
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-155,
EC-182
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1
An excessively low voltage from the intake air temperature sensor is sent
P0112 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit low
to ECM.
bank 1)
D
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1
An excessively high voltage from the intake air temperature sensor is sent
P0113 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit high
to ECM.
bank 1)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure H
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
>> GO TO 2. J
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". L
M
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
O
+
Voltage
Mass air flow sensor − P
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F4 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
EC-183
2.CHECK IAT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

+ −
F4 1 F24 52 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-184, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sen-
sor)".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-28, "Exploded
View" (HR15DE) or EM-155, "Exploded View" (HR16DE).
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and mass air flow sensor harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Mass air flow sensor Continuity
E14 35 F4 5 Existed
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000008778207

3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) terminals as follows.
Mass air flow sensor

Terminals
1 2 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 1.800 – 2.200 kΩ
EC-184
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A

ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine coolant temperature sensor is
P0117 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit low)
D
ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively high voltage from the engine coolant temperature sensor is
sent to ECM.
cuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode G

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided H
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) I
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
J
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan
operates while engine is running.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N

2. Check DTC.
O
Is DTC detected?
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END P
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
EC-185
4. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Engine coolant temperature sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F28 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
F24*1
F28 2 44 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-187, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temper-
ature Sensor)".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-28, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or CO-
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and engine coolant temperature sensor harness
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
F24*1
38 F28 1 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-186
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000008778210
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR EC

2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-28, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or CO-54, C
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. D
Engine coolant temper-

ature sensor E
+ −
Terminals
20°C (68°F) 2.10 – 2.90 kΩ
F

JMBIA0080ZZ
90°C (194°F) 0.236 – 0.260 kΩ G
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-28, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or CO- H
EC-187
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TP SEN/CIRCUIT
An excessively low voltage from the throttle position sensor 2 is sent to
P0122 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “A”
ECM.
circuit low)
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
An excessively high voltage from the throttle position sensor 2 is sent to
ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle position sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Throttle position sensor 2
FAIL-SAFE

Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order
for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condi-
tion.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
sis) for DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

EC-188
sis) for DTC P0643. A
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
C
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
D
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.) E
Connector Terminal
F31*1
2 Ground 5V
F37*2 F
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

I
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and electric throttle control actuator harness con-
nector.
J
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
K
F24*1 F31*1
36 4 Existed
F22*2 F37*2 L
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
nector.
+ −
P
ECM Continuity
ator
F24*1 F31*1
*2
34 3 Existed
F22 F37*2
*1: LHD models
EC-189
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-157,
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
*1 *1
F31 F24
2 72 Existed
F37*2 F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> Perform the diagnosis for power supply circuit.
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000008778213

CVT models
3. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-127, "Work Procedure".
5. Set selector lever to D position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM
Sensor Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ −
Throttle position Fully released More than 0.36 V

33
sensor 1 Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F24*1
*2
36 Accelerator pedal
Throttle position F22 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
34
sensor 2 Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
M/T models
EC-190
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A
5. Set selector lever to 1st position.
EC
ECM
C
Connector
+ −
Throttle position Fully released More than 0.36 V D

33
F24*1
*2
34 E
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models F
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-157, G
EC-191
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly
P0130
(O2 sensor circuit bank 1 sensor 1) approx. 2.2 V.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 (A/F SENSOR 1) FUNCTION
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION - 1
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) in “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
1,000 – 3,200 rpm (except for Indo-

nesia with M/T models)
ENG SPEED
1,350 – 3,050 rpm (for Indonesia
with M/T models)
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 – 8.0 msec
D position (CVT models)
Selector lever
5th position (M/T models)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
EC-192
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen? A
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION - 2 EC
Release accelerator pedal fully.

NOTE:
C
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 5. D
OUT OF CONDITION>>GO TO 3. (Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.)
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION - 3
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. E
Is “OK” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END F
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
G
NOTE:
• Perform component function check because the reproduction of a symptom is difficult.
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. H
Without CONSULT
CVT models I
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed
decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). J
CAUTION:
NOTE: K
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Turn ignition switch ON. L
8. Restart engine.
9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. M
10. Check DTC. Refer to “How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode” in EC-60, "TYPE 1 : On Board Diagnosis
Function".
M/T models N
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to 5th position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed
O
decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
CAUTION:
NOTE: P
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
8. Restart engine.
EC-193
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
10. Check DTC. Refer to “How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode” in EC-60, "TYPE 1 : On Board Diagnosis
Function".
Is DTC detected?
+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
1 F24*1 49
F72 *2
Existed
2 F22 53
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F72 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F24 *1 49
Ground Not existed
F22*2 53
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-194
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Replace A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-161, "Exploded View"
(HR16DE).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. E
+ − F
G
Is the inspection result normal? H
I
EC-195
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly
P0131 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage bank 1 sen-
approx. 0 V.
sor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1.
EC-196
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> Proceed to EC-197, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
EC
C
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. D
+
E
Connector Terminal
F72 4 Ground Battery voltage F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4. G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
I
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
1 F24*1 49
F72 Existed
2 F22*2 53
K
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
and ground. L
+
M
Connector Terminal
1 N
2
+ O
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
P
F24*1 49
Ground Not existed
F22*2 53
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-197
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
(HR16DE).
+ −
EC-198
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly D
P0132 (O2 sensor circuit high voltage bank 1 sen-
approx. 5 V.
sor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. H
I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. L
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
NO >> GO TO 3. M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. N
CAUTION:
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. O

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph) P
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1.
EC-199
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
+ −
1 F24*1 49
F72 Existed
2 F22*2 53
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
1
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F24*1 49
*2
Ground Not existed
F22 53
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-200
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
EC
(HR16DE).
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
E
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
4. Also check harness for short to ground. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
EC-201
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal
P0133 (O2 sensor circuit slow response bank 1
takes more than the specified time.
sensor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load.
5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
EC-202
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". A
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 3 EC
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds. C
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-142, "Component Function Check".
2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT
screen. D
3. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-142, "Component Function Check".
4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
E
NO >> Proceed to EC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

With GST G
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications. H
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 7. I
2. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no J
load.
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. K
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
M
• Intake air leaks N
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
O
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor P
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

1.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 (A/F SENSOR 1)

EC-203
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-161, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE).
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
PBIB1216E

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Perform “MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR”. Refer to EC-130, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172.
• DTC P0171: Refer to EC-229, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 5.
+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 11.
EC-204
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
+ − A
EC
1 F24*1 49
F72 Existed
2 F22*2 53
*1: LHD models C
*2: RHD models
and ground. D
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity E
Connector Terminal
1
F72 Ground Not existed F
2
+ G
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
H
F24 *1 49
Ground Not existed
F22*2 53
*1: LHD models I
*2: RHD models
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER K
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-206, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater)".
L
YES >> GO TO 8.
(HR16DE).
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR M
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-155, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE). O
9.CHECK PCV VALVE
Check PCV valve. Refer to EC-403, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-173, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE).
EC-205
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
(HR16DE).
+ −

A/F sensor 1
Terminal
4 1.88 – 2.44 Ω
3 1
(Continuity
1 should not exist)
4
2
(HR16DE).

With CONSULT
EC-206
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
Monitor item Condition Values A

EC
Without CONSULT C
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as follows. D
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage E
Connector
+ −
F
45 52
F22*2 0.8 – 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4
V*3 G
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
*3: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. H
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
J
- Crushed air ducts
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element K
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
With CONSULT
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. N
Monitor item Condition Values O

P
Without CONSULT
EC-207
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
ECM
Connector
+ −
*1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 – 1.3 V
F24
45 52
F22*2 0.8 – 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4
V*3
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
45 52
F22*2 0.8 – 1.3 V to Approx. 2.4
V*3
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-155,
EC-208
P0137 HO2S2
P0137 HO2S2
A

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
D
E
JSBIA0243GB
F
HO2S2 (B1) G
The maximum voltage from the heated oxygen sensor 2 does not reach the
P0137 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage bank 1 sen-
specified voltage.
sor 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure I
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE J
Not applicable
K
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
TESTING CONDITION: O
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3. P
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-209
P0137 HO2S2
6. Make sure that “COOLANT TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
NO-1 (NG)>>Proceed to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-2 (CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED)>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK - 1
NOTE:
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During
this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Without CONSULT
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.78 V
F24 50 59 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
at least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 6.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
F24 50 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
NO >> GO TO 7.
EC-210
P0137 HO2S2
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK - 3 A

ECM EC
Connector
Terminal
C
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th The voltage should be above 0.78 V
F24 50 59
gear position (M/T) at least once during this procedure.
D
E
1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE F

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? G
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-229, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
+ − J
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ECM Continuity
K
F71 1 F24 59 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
N
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
2. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector ground or ECM harness con-
P
nector and ground.
+
Heated oxygen sensor 2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F71 4 Ground Not existed
EC-211
P0137 HO2S2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-212, "Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2)".
Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2) INFOID:0000000008778226
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
7. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT.
9. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
JSBIA3451ZZ
: “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.78 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
: “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 - 1
Without CONSULT
EC-212
P0137 HO2S2
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. A
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal
at least once during this procedure. C
The voltage should be below 0.50 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 - 2 E
ECM F
Connector
Terminal
G
at least once during this procedure. H
I
NO >> GO TO 5.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. J
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage K
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th at least once during this procedure. L
F24 50 59
gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.50 V
N
EC-213
P0138 HO2S2
P0138 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B (TYPE 1 ONLY)

To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut.
JSBIA3141GB

HO2S2 (B1) A An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0138 (O2 sensor circuit high voltage bank 1 sen- The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified
sor 2) B
voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0138 - A
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted)
DTC P0138 - B
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted)
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
EC-214
P0138 HO2S2
2. Turn ignition switch ON. A
TYPE 1>> GO TO 2. EC
TYPE 2>> GO TO 15.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
C
4. Check 1st trip DTC. D
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. E
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 12.
3.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
F
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are com-
pleted.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). G
• Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II.
H
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 1 I
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
>> GO TO 5. J
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 2
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 3 L
3. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT. M
4. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. N
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 8. O
NO >> GO TO 7.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT screen. P
Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
EC-215
P0138 HO2S2
COOLANT TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
CAUTION:
Which displayed on CONSULT screen?
“COND1: OUT OF CONDITION”>>GO TO 5.
“COND1: COMPLETED”, “COND2: INCOMPLETE”>>GO TO 8.
“COND1: COMPLETED”, “COND2: COMPLETED”>>GO TO 9.
8.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2
While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the above condition (PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR
COND1-III) until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take
approximately 4 seconds).
CAUTION:
“COND2: COMPLETED”, “COND3: INCOMPLETE”>>GO TO 9.
“COND2: COMPLETED”, “COND3: COMPLETED”>>GO TO 10.
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”
>> GO TO 10.
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
NO-1 (NG)>>Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-2 (CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED)>>GO TO 11.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select ENGINE using CONSULT.
3. Select “COOLANT TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT
4. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT.
5. When “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
>> GO TO 6.
12.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B - 1
NOTE:
Perform component function check because the reproduction of a symptom is difficult.
Without CONSULT
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
EC-216
P0138 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
Terminal
EC
F24*1 The voltage should be below 0.50 V
50 59 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
F22*2 at least once during this procedure.
*1: LHD models C

*2: RHD models
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". D
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B - 2 E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
F
ECM
Connector
Terminal G
*1
F24 The voltage should be below 0.50 V
50 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
F22*2 at least once during this procedure.
H
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
I
NO >> GO TO 14.
J
14.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B - 2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
K
ECM
Connector L
Terminal
F24*1 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th The voltage should be below 0.50 V
50 59
F22*2 gear position (M/T) at least once during this procedure.
M
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
15.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
load.
EC-217
P0138 HO2S2
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-214, "DTC Description".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
F24*1
F71 1 59 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
*1
F24
F71 4 50 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
2. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ground or ECM harness
connector and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F24*1
50 Ground Not existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-218
P0138 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
EC
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.

C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. D
E
F
6.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-233, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 7. H
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. I
J
+ −
K
F24*1
F71 1 59 Existed
F22*2 L
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 8.
1. Check the continuity between Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ECM Continuity P
F24*1
F71 4 50 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-219
P0138 HO2S2
2. Check the continuity between Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
Connector Terminal
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
*1
F24
50 Ground Not existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 9.
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
JSBIA3451ZZ
EC-220
P0138 HO2S2
: “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.78 V (except for Indonesia with M/T models) or 0.73 V (for Indonesia
with M/T models) at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. A
YES >> INSPECTION END EC
C
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. D
E
ECM
Connector
Terminal F
(except for Indonesia with M/T mod-
F24*1
els) or 0.73 V (for Indonesia with M/ G
50 59 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times T models) at least once during this
F22*2 procedure.
at least once during this procedure. H
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> GO TO 4.
J
K
ECM
Connector
Terminal L
els) or 0.73 V (for Indonesia with M/ M
F24*1
50 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes T models) at least once during this
F22*2 procedure.
at least once during this procedure. N
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 - 3 P
EC-221
P0138 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal
els) or 0.73 V (for Indonesia with M/
F24*1 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th
50 59 T models) at least once during this
F22*2 gear position (M/T)
procedure.
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-222
P0139 HO2S2
P0139 HO2S2
A

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel cut. D
E
SEF302U
F
HO2S2 (B1) G
It takes more time for the heated oxygen sensor 2 to respond between rich
P0139 (O2 sensor circuit slow response bank 1
and lean than the specified time.
sensor 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pressure I
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE J
Not applicable
K
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PRECONDITIONING M
TESTING CONDITION: O
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3. P
With CONSULT
EC-223
P0139 HO2S2
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C
(158°F).
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” detected?
NOTE:
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
A change of voltage should be more
F24 50 59 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times than 0.12 V for 1 second during this
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 7.
EC-224
P0139 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
Terminal
EC
F24 50 59 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes than 0.12 V for 1 second during this
procedure.
C
NO >> GO TO 8. D

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. E
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage F
Connector
Terminal
F24 50 59
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th
than 0.12 V for 1 second during this
G
gear position (M/T)
procedure.
H
I
1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE J

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? K
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172.
• DTC P0172: Refer to EC-233, "DTC Description". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. N
+ −
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ECM Continuity O
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
EC-225
P0139 HO2S2
+ −
2. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector ground or ECM harness con-
nector and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
EC-226
P0139 HO2S2
A
EC
JSBIA3451ZZ
: “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.78 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. D
YES >> INSPECTION END E
F
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. G
H
ECM
Connector
Terminal I
The voltage should be below 0.50 V J
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 4.
L
ECM
M
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.78 V N
O
NO >> GO TO 5.
P
EC-227
P0139 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th at least once during this procedure.
F24 50 59
gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.50 V
EC-228
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. F
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio
(System too lean bank 1)
is too lean.)
G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector H
• Lack of fuel I
FAIL-SAFE J
Not applicable
K
1.PRECONDITIONING
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 1 N
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE P
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
EC-229
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
EC-230
+ − A
EC
1 F24*1 49
F72 Existed
2 F22*2 53
*1: LHD models C
*2: RHD models
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
D
+
Connector Terminal
E
1
2
F
+
ECM − Continuity G
Connector Terminal
F24*1 49
Ground Not existed H
F22*2 53
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models I
YES >> GO TO 4. J
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure". K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT M
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
N
Specification : EC-405, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
With GST O
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
P
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-178, "DTC Description".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
EC-231
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector. Refer to
EC-369, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB3332E
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-167, "Exploded View"
(HR16DE).
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

NO >> Replace fuel injector(s) from which fuel does not spray
out. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-
PBIA9666J
8. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES

Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-9, "Exploded View".
EC-232
A

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. F
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio
(System too rich bank 1)
is too rich.)
G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Exhaust gas leaks H
FAIL-SAFE I
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 1 M
2. Start engine.
N
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
O
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. P
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system may not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
EC-233

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
EC-234
+ − A
EC
1 F24*1 49
F72 Existed
2 F22*2 53
*1: LHD models C
*2: RHD models
D
+
Connector Terminal
E
1
2
F
+
ECM − Continuity G
Connector Terminal
F24*1 49
Ground Not existed H
F22*2 53
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models I
YES >> GO TO 4. J
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure". K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT M
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
N
With GST O
P
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
EC-235
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector. Refer to
EC-369, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB3332E

(HR16DE).
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.

NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View"
8. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-9, "Exploded View".
EC-236
P0196 EOT SENSOR
P0196 EOT SENSOR
A

EOT SENSOR Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with
P0196 (Engine oil temperature sensor range/per- the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air
formance) temperature sensor.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Engine oil temperature sensor E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
If DTC P0196 is displayed with DTC P0197 or P0198, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno- G
sis) for DTC P0197 or P0198.
H
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
TESTING CONDITION:
L
>> GO TO 3.
M
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 2 P
With CONSULT
2. Check that “COOLANT TEMP/S” indicates above 70°C (158°F).
If it is above 70°C (158°F), go to the following steps.
If it is below 70°C (158°F), warm engine up until “COOLANT TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Then perform the following steps.
EC-237
P0196 EOT SENSOR
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle in a cool place.
NOTE:
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 10.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
8. Check the following.
COOLANT TEMP/S Below 40°C (104°F)

INT/A TEMP SE Below 40°C (104°F)
Difference between “COOLANT
Within 6°C (11°F)
TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE”
If they are within the specified range, perform the following steps.
If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to meet the above conditions. Then perform the fol-
lowing steps.
NOTE:
• Do not turn ignition switch OFF.
• If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery.
9. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.

If DTC P0196 is displayed with DTC P0197 or P0198, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-241, "Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Sen-
sor)".
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228,
"Exploded View" (HR16DE)
Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000008937353

2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228,
EC-238
P0196 EOT SENSOR
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A
Engine oil temperature

sensor EC
+ −
Terminal
20°C (68°F) 2.10 – 2.90 kΩ
C

JMBIA0080ZZ
90°C (194°F) 0.236 – 0.260 kΩ D
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228, E
EC-239
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition
EOT SEN/CIRC An excessively low voltage from the engine oil temperature sensor is sent
P0197
(Engine oil temperature sensor circuit low) to ECM.
EOT SEN/CIRC An excessively high voltage from the engine oil temperature sensor is sent
P0198
(Engine oil temperature sensor circuit high) to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE

Engine oil temperature sensor Exhaust valve timing control does not function.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

4. Check the voltage between engine oil temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Engine oil temperature sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F48 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
EC-240
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT A

3. Check the continuity between engine oil temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
EC
nector.
+ −
C
Engine oil temperature sen-
ECM Continuity
sor
D
*1
F24
F48 2 54 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models E
*2: RHD models
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR G
Check engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-241, "Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Sen-
sor)".
H
I
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
3. Check the continuity between engine oil temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. K
+ −
Engine oil temperature sen-
ECM Continuity
L
sor
F24*1 M
F48 1 *2
57 Existed
F22
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models N
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. O
Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000008778241
P

3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228,
EC-241
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Engine oil temperature

sensor
+ −
Terminal
20°C (68°F) 2.10 – 2.90 kΩ
JMBIA0080ZZ
90°C (194°F) 0.236 – 0.260 kΩ
EC-242
A

TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0222 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “B”
ECM.
circuit low)
D
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle position sensor 1) F
FAIL-SAFE

The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condi- H
tion.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

J
sis) for DTC P0643.
K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. M
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O

sis) for DTC P0643.
EC-243
NO >> GO TO 2.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
*1
F31
2 Ground 5V
F37*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
F24*1 F31*1
*2
36 4 Existed
F22 F37*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 4.
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
F24*1 F31*1
33 1 Existed
F22*2 F37*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-244
YES >> GO TO 5. A
EC
YES >> INSPECTION END C
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 D
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and electric throttle control actuator harness con- E
nector.
+ − F
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
F24*1 F31*1
*2
72 2 Existed
F22 F37*2
H
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
I
J
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR K
CVT models
L
5. Set selector lever to D position. M
ECM N
Connector
+ −
O
33
F24*1
Throttle position F22*2 Fully released Less than 4.75 V P
34
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
M/T models
EC-245
ECM
Connector
+ −

33
F24*1
Throttle position F22*2 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
34
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-246
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

DTC No. DTC detecting condition I
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire.
(Random/Multiple cylinder misfire detected)
J
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
(Cylinder 1 misfire detected)
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfires. K
CYL 3 MISFIRE
L
CYL 4 MISFIRE
POSSIBLE CAUSE M
• Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
N
• The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector*
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted O
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1 P
*: DTC is detected even where a malfunction occurs one side of the dual injector.
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
EC-247
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ±400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ±10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
EC-248
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
EC
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 12.
C
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT D
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 11. F
4.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-17, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or EM-144, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
H
2. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-135, "Work Procedure". I
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 16. J
Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-401, "Inspection".
K
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform “BASIC INSPECTION”. Refer to EC-131, "Work Procedure". L
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. M
N
+ −
1 F24*1 49
F72 *2
Existed
2 F22 53
P
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-249
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
+
Connector Terminal
1
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F24*1 49
Ground Not existed
F22*2 53
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-252, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater)".
YES >> GO TO 9.
(HR16DE).
With CONSULT
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST

YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on “ROUGH IDLE/HYNTING” in EC-395, "Symptom Table".
YES >> 1. Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory
after performing the tests.
- With CONSULT: Refer to EC-67, "CONSULT Function".
- Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results”EC-60, "TYPE 1 : On
Board Diagnosis Function".
2. INSPECTION END
EC-250
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
11.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR A

1. Start engine and let engine idle.
EC
YES >> GO TO 12. C
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
to EC-369, "Component Function Check".
D
PBIB3332E
12.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL - 1 E

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- G
dure.
3. Start engine.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. I
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 –
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure. J
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion. K
Spark should be generated.

CAUTION: L
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

M
voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 13. O
13.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL - 2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.

YES >> GO TO 14.
EC-251
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-383, "Component Function
Check".
14.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug. Refer to EM-25, "Inspection" (HR15DE)
or EM-152, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer
to EM-123, "Spark Plug" (HR15DE) or EM-251, "Spark
Plug" (HR16DE) for spark plug type.
NO >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 15.
SEF156I

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
the grounded portion.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer to EM-123, "Spark Plug" (HR15DE) or
EM-251, "Spark Plug" (HR16DE) for spark plug type.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-9, "Exploded View".

A/F sensor 1
Terminal
4 1.88 – 2.44 Ω
3 1
(Continuity
1 should not exist)
4
2
(HR16DE).
EC-252
P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
A

DTC No. DTC detected condition
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327 An excessively low voltage from the knock sensor is sent to ECM.
(Knock sensor 1 circuit low bank 1)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 D
P0328 An excessively high voltage from the knock sensor is sent to ECM.
(Knock sensor 1 circuit high bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted) E
• Knock sensor
FAIL-SAFE
F
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION: I
>> GO TO 2. J
K
YES >> Proceed to EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
M
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity P
F24*1
F12 2 40 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-253
P0327, P0328 KS
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
F24*1
F12 1 37 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection (Knock Sensor)".
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228, "Exploded View"
(HR16DE).
Component Inspection (Knock Sensor) INFOID:0000000008778249

3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Knock sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 20°C (68°F) 532 – 588 kΩ
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228, "Exploded View"
(HR16DE).
EC-254
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A

• The crankshaft position sensor signal is not detected by the ECM during
the first few seconds of engine cranking.
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor is not sent to
P0335 D
(Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit) ECM while the engine is running.
• The crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern during
engine running.
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.
- Sensor power supply 2 circuit is shorted. F
• Signal plate
• One (or more) sensor in sensor power supply 2 circuit G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch
ON. K
>> GO TO 2.
L
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. M
YES >> Proceed to EC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008778251 O
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

P
4. Check the voltage between crankshaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
EC-255
+
Voltage
Crankshaft position sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F107 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between crankshaft position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Crankshaft position sensor ECM Continuity
F24*1
F107 2 62 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
F24*1
F107 3 61 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
EC-256
NO >> Replace signal plate. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228, "Exploded View"
(HR16DE). A
EC
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
+ −
C
ECM Crankshaft position sensor Continuity

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
*1
F24
75 F107 1 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models E
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 7. F
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT G
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
J
View" (HR16DE).
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-100, L
View" (HR16DE).
M
PBIA9210J N
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminals as follows. O

+ − Condition Resistance P
Terminal
1 2
2 3
EC-257
EC-258
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A

• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
engine cranking.
P0340 (Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit bank
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running.
1) D
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Intake camshaft
• Exhaust camshaft F
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
H
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for I
DTC P0643.
J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch M
ON.
>> GO TO 3. N
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. O
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
P
NO >> GO TO 4.
1. Keep engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
EC-259

DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check starting system.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
4. Check the voltage between camshaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Camshaft position sensor −
(Approx.)
Camshaft Connector Terminal
Intake F109 1
Ground 5V
Exhaust F110 1
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 9.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between camshaft position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Camshaft position sensor ECM Continuity
Camshaft Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Intake F109 2 F24*1
63 Existed
Exhaust F110 2 F22*2
*1: LHD models

*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-260
+ − A
Camshaft Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
Intake F109 3 F24*1 65
Existed
Exhaust F110 3 F22*2 48
*1: LHD models C
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR E
F
YES >> GO TO 7.
G
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end H
YES >> GO TO 8. I
J
JSBIA0599ZZ K
8.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)
L
M
and Installation" (HR15DE) or EM-187, "Removal and N
O
JSBIA0600ZZ

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and camshaft position sensor harness connector.
EC-261
+ −
ECM Camshaft position sensor Continuity
F24*1
78 F107 1 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models

3. Remove camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-173, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 2.
View" (HR16DE).
PBIA9210J

Camshaft position sensor

Terminal
1 2
2 3
EC-262
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated D
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
SEF484YB
F
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. G
P0420 (Catalyst system efficiency below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage ca-
bank 1) pacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Intake air leaks I
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injector leaks
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing J
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable K
1.INSPECTION START L
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure N
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
P
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
EC-263
5. Select “COOLANT TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” CONSULT.
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C
(158°F).
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
Check 1st trip DTC.
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
>> GO TO 3.
NOTE:
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Without CONSULT
load.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes
F24*1 Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm constant under no more than 5 seconds.
50 59
F22*2 load • 1 cycle: 0.6 – 1.0 → 0 – 0.3 → 0.6
– 1.0
EC-264
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models A
C
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). F
PBIB1216E I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-401, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform “BASIC INSPECTION”EC-131, "Work Procedure".
N
5.CHECK IDLE SPEED
Check idle speed. Refer to EC-400, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform “BASIC INSPECTION”EC-131, "Work Procedure".
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR P
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-369, "Component Function Check".

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer to EC-369, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-265
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
3. Start engine.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
(HR16DE).
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.

YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View"
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
EC-266
the grounded metal portion. A

YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check ignition coil (with power transistor) circuit. Refer to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure".
11.CHECK SPARK PLUG C
Check the initial spark plugs. Refer to EM-25, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or EM-152, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer to EM-123, "Spark Plug" (HR15DE) or
NO >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. E
2. GO TO 12.
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. F
the grounded portion.
G
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer to EM-123, "Spark Plug" (HR15DE) or
I
EC-267
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444 (Evaporative emission system purge con- An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve
trol valve circuit open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT -
1
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
+
EVAP canister purge volume control
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-268
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
C
+ −
EVAP canister purge vol-
ECM Continuity D
ume control solenoid valve
E
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. F
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION G
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. H
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - J
2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve harness connector.
L
+ −
IPDM E/R
Continuity M
N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-270, "Component Inspection (EVAP
Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)". P
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View"
EC-269
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000008778261

With CONSULT
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve as follows.
Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between and
100% Existed
0% Not existed
JSBIA0653ZZ
Without CONSULT
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve as follows.
EVAP canister purge

volume control solenoid
valve Air passage continuity
Condition
+ − between and
Terminal
12 V direct current supply be-
Existed
1 2 tween terminals 1 and 2 JSBIA0653ZZ
No supply Not existed

EC-270
P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

D
VEH SPEED SEN A The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle speed signal is sent to ECM even
P0500
(Vehicle speed sensor “A”) when vehicle is being driven.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
- CAN communication line is open or shorted
- Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted F
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE G

Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running. H

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY I
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diag-
nosis) for DTC UXXXX or P0607.
Is applicable DTC detected? J
• DTC UXXXX: Refer to EC-90, "DTC Index".
• DTC P0607: Refer to EC-286, "DTC Description". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
L
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure N
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
>> GO TO 4. P
4.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
EC-271
P0500 VSS
2. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. The vehicle speed on CONSULT should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
YES >> GO TO 5.
CVT models
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
CAUTION:

Shift lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
M/T models
CAUTION:

Shift lever Except Neutral position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
NOTE:
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
Without CONSULT
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. The vehicle speed should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
EC-272
P0500 VSS
A
nosis) for DTC UXXXX or P0607. EC
• DTC UXXXX: Refer to EC-90, "DTC Index". C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) D
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-46, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER F
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-71, "DTC Index".
G
EC-273
P0520 EOP SENSOR
P0520 EOP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM detects the following status continuously for 5 seconds or more:
• A voltage signal transmitted from the engine oil pressure sensor is lower
EOP SENSOR/SWITCH
P0520 than 0.3 V.
(Engine oil pressure sensor/switch circuit)
• A voltage signal transmitted from the engine oil pressure sensor is higher
than 5.02 V.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check engine oil leak. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, "Inspection" (HR16DE).

DTC P0643.
EC-274
P0520 EOP SENSOR
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-287, "DTC Description". A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
EC
2. Disconnect engine oil pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between engine oil pressure sensor harness connector terminals. C
+
Voltage D
Engine oil pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
3*1 E
F43 Ground 5V
1*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6. G
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between engine oil pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. H
+ −
Engine oil pressure sensor ECM Continuity I
1*1 F24*1
F43 *2
60 Existed J
3 F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models K
YES >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between engine oil pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. M
+ −
N
Engine oil pressure sensor ECM Continuity
F24*1 O
F43 2 47 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models P
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Check engine oil pressure sensor. Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pressure Sensor)".
EC-275
P0520 EOP SENSOR
NO >> Replace engine oil pressure sensor. Refer to EM-100, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-228,
6.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
3. Check the continuity between engine oil pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Engine oil pressure sensor ECM Continuity
*1 *1
3 F24
F43 74 Existed
1*2 F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000008778268

3. Check resistance between engine oil pressure sensor connector terminals as follows.
Engine oil pressure sensor

Terminal
2 4 – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 – 8 kΩ
1 4 – 10 kΩ
2 None
3 1 – 3 kΩ
1 2 – 8 kΩ
3
2 1 – 3 kΩ
YES >> INSPECTION END.
EC-276
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
A

An engine oil pressure sensor signal voltage applied to ECM remains lower
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
P0524 than the specified value continuously for 10 seconds or more when the en-
(Engine oil pressure too low)
gine speed is 1,000 rpm ore more.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Decrease in engine oil pressure
• Decrease in engine oil level E
• Engine oil condition
• Engine body
F
FAIL-SAFE

ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combination meter.
Engine oil pressure Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000rpm due to the fuel cut. (Fail-safe is canceled when igni-
tion switch OFF → ON.)
H
CAUTION:
If “Diagnosis Procedure” is unfinished, be sure to perform Step 4 and 5. I
If DTC P0524 is displayed with DTC P0520 or P0075, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno- J
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2.PRECONDITIONING - 1
before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION: N
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 3. O
3.PRECONDITIONING - 2
P
Is “Diagnosis Procedure” of DTC P0524 finished?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
EC-277
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to EC-279, "Diagnosis Procedure"
5.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
With CONSULT
CVT models
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
Value
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed: 1,053 mV or

• Selector lever: P or N position 600 rpm more
EOP SENSOR
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine speed: 1,802 mV or
• No load 2,000 rpm more
M/T models
Value
(Approx.)

• Selector lever: Neutral position 600 rpm more
EOP SENSOR
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil pressure. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Proceed to EC-279, "Diagnosis Procedure"
CVT models
Selector lever P or N position

Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more
NOTE:
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily.
3. Check DTC.
M/T models
Selector lever Neutral position

Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more
NOTE:
EC-278
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily.
3. Check DTC. A
C
D
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL F

2. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, "Inspection" (HR16DE). G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5. H
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
With CONSULT
I
CVT models
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. J
Value
Monitor item Condition K
(Approx.)

• Selector lever: P or N position 600 rpm more
EOP SENSOR L
CVT models M
N
Value
(Approx.)
O
• Selector lever: Neutral position 600 rpm more
EOP SENSOR
• No load 2,000 rpm more P
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil pressure. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check oil pressure. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
EC-279

Check engine oil pressure sensor. Refer to EC-280, "Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pressure Sensor)".
5.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check engine oil leakage. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or LU-19, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAUSE OF ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
Check the following item.
Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference

1 PCV valve EC-403, "Inspection"
• No blocking
2 Exhaust front tube Visual —
• No abnormal sounds
• No blocking
3 Oil pump Visual —
• No damage
• Piston to piston pin oil clearance
EM-108, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or EM-236, "Inspection" (HR16DE)
• Piston
• Piston ring side clearance
4 • Piston pin
• Piston ring
• Piston ring end gap
• Cylinder block top surface distortion
5 Cylinder block
• Piston to cylinder bore clearance
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000008948757

3. Check resistance between engine oil pressure sensor connector terminals as follows.

Terminal
2 4 – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 – 8 kΩ
1 4 – 10 kΩ
2 None
3 1 – 3 kΩ
1 2 – 8 kΩ
3
2 1 – 3 kΩ
YES >> INSPECTION END.
EC-280
"Exploded View" (HR16DE). A
EC
EC-281
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
PBIA9222J
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
P0603 (Internal control module keep alive memory ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly.
(KAM) error)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or shorted.]
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.

4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors.
EC-282
ECM A
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
E16*1
81 108 Battery voltage
E18*2
*1: LHD models C
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> GO TO 4.
E
YES >> GO TO 3. F
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Erase DTC.
- Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results”. Refer to EC-60, "TYPE 1 : On H
3. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to EC-282, "DTC Description".
4. Check 1st trip DTC. I
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-404, "Removal and Installation"
NO >> INSPECTION END J
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. K
+ − L
M
E16*1
E14 42 81 Existed
E18*2
*1: LHD models N
*2: RHD models
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. O
EC-283
P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

A ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
ECM
P0605 B ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
(Internal control module ROM error)
C ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE

ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check 1st trip DTC and DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC or DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
EC-284
P0605 ECM
A
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC. EC
- Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results”. Refer to EC-60, "TYPE 1 : On
Board Diagnosis Function". C
Is the 1st trip DTC or DTC P0605 displayed again? D
NO >> INSPECTION END
E
EC-285
P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
P0607 When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM.
(Control module performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC or DTC P0607 displayed again?
EC-286
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively. EC
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1 C
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
• Engine oil position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve D
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed. E
Sensor power supply 2

• Battery current sensor (for China models) F
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
DTC DETECTION LOGIC G

(Trouble diagnosis content) H
SENSOR POWER/CIRC ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or
P0643
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit high) high.
I
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Accelerator pedal position 1 circuit is shorted.
- Throttle position sensor 1 circuit is shorted. J
- Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.
- Exhaust valve timing control position sensor circuit is shorted.
- Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is shorted. K
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
L
FAIL-SAFE M

Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed N

1.PRECONDITIONING O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
EC-287

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors and ground.
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
72
F24*1
74
F22*2
78 Ground 5V
E16*1
106
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Item Connector Terminal
E16*1 E101*1
106 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 4
E18*2 M119*2
F31*1
72 Throttle position sensor 1 2
F37*2
3*1
F24*1 74 Engine oil pressure sensor F43
1*2
F22*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) F109
78 Exhaust valve timing control posi- 1
F110
tion sensor
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
EC-288
3.CHECK COMPONENTS A
Sensor Reference EC
EC-348, "Component Inspection
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (Accelerator Pedal Position Sen-
sor)"
C
(Camshaft Position Sensor)"
EC-276, "Component Inspection D
(Engine Oil Pressure Sensor)"
(Exhaust Valve Timing Control Posi-
tion sensor
tion Sensor)"
E

Throttle position sensor 1
(Throttle Position Sensor)"
F
G
EC-289
P0850 PNP SWITCH
P0850 PNP SWITCH
CVT
CVT : DTC Description INFOID:0000000008778282
When the selector lever position is P or N position, park/neutral position (PNP) signal is ON.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not changed in the process of en-
P0850
(Park/Neutral switch input circuit) gine starting and driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Transmission range switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Transmission range switch
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “P/N POSI SW” indication as follows.
Shift lever position Known-good signal

N or P position ON
Except above position OFF
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-291, "CVT : Diagnosis Procedure".
CAUTION:
EC-290
P0850 PNP SWITCH
ENG SPEED 1,500 – 6,375 rpm A

4.0 – 31.8 msec (for China)
B/FUEL SCHDL EC
4.3 – 31.8 msec (for Indonesia)
Shift lever Suitable position
C
YES >> Proceed to EC-291, "CVT : Diagnosis Procedure". D
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK E
NOTE:
• Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During F
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. G
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage H
F24*1 E16*1 P or N position Battery voltage

69 108 Shift lever I
F22*2 E18*2 Except above Approx. 0 V
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models J
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
NO >> Proceed to EC-291, "CVT : Diagnosis Procedure".
CVT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008778284
L
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
2. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector. M
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.
N
+
Transmission range switch − Voltage
O
Connector Terminal
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-291
P0850 PNP SWITCH
+ −
Transmission range switch ECM Continuity
F24*1
F30 2 69 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check transmission range switch. Refer to TM-514, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)".
NO >> Replace transmission assembly. Refer to TM-639, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and transmission range switch harness con-
nector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Transmission range switch Continuity
M/T
M/T : DTC Description INFOID:0000000008947359
When the selector lever position is neutral position, park/neutral position (PNP) signal is ON.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P0850
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
EC-292
P0850 PNP SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON. C
>> GO TO 3. D

With CONSULT E
F

Neutral position ON G
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-294, "M/T : Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. J
CAUTION:
K
2.8 – 31.8 msec (for China) L
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.0 – 31.8 msec (for Indonesia)
Shift lever Suitable position M
N
YES >> Proceed to EC-294, "M/T : Diagnosis Procedure".
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK O
NOTE:
P
• Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During
EC-293
P0850 PNP SWITCH
ECM
F24*1 E16*1 Neutral position Battery voltage

*2
69 *2
108 Shift lever
F22 E18 Except above Approx. 0 V
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
NO >> Proceed to EC-294, "M/T : Diagnosis Procedure".
M/T : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008947361
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between park/neutral position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Park/neutral position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Park/neutral position switch ECM Continuity
F24*1
F49 3 69 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Check park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-19, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Compo-
nent Inspection".
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-23, "Removal and Installation".
EC-294
P0850 PNP SWITCH
4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 A

3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and park/neutral position switch harness con-
EC
nector.
+ −
C
IPDM E/R Park/neutral position switch Continuity
E15 58 F49 2 Existed D
EC-295
P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EXH TIM SEN/CIR-B1
P1078 (Exhaust valve timing control position sen- An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
sor circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Exhaust valve timing control position sensor circuit is open or shorted
- Sensor power supply 1 circuit is shorted.
• One (or more) sensor in sensor power supply 1 circuit
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Exhaust valve timing control posi- Voltage
−
tion sensor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F110 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-296
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT A

EC
3. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
+ −
C

ECM Continuity
position sensor
D
F24*1
F110 2 63 Existed
F22*2 E
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Also check harness for short to power. F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
H
harness connector.
+ −
I
ECM Continuity
position sensor
J
*1
F24
F110 3 48 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models K
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR M
Check exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve
Timing Control Position Sensor)".
N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View"
(HR15DE) or EM-173, "Exploded View" (HR16DE). O
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)

Check the following. P
EC-297
JSBIA0600ZZ
6.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
harness connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
position sensor
F24*1
F110 1 78 Existed
F22*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1 CIRCUIT
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000008842856

3. Remove exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor.
Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-173,
JMBIA0065ZZ

EC-298
Check resistance exhaust valve timing control position sensor terminals as follows.
A
tion sensor
Condition Resistance EC
+ −
Terminal
1 2
C
2 3
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View"
(HR15DE) or EM-173, "Exploded View" (HR16DE). E
EC-299
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat).
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217 • Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling
[Engine over temperature (Overheat)]
method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Draining" (HR15D) or
CO-38, "Draining" (HR16DE). Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Draining" (HR15DE) or LU-
20, "Draining" (HR16DE).
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-12, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays 1, 2 and 3)
• Cooling fan motor
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Reservoir tank
• Water pump
• Thermostat
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NO >> GO TO 2.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
NOTE:
• Perform component function check because the engine may be damaged if a symptom is reproduced.
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
EC-300
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF621W
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK - 2 D
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK - 3 F
With CONSULT
G
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “LOW” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Without CONSULT H
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to EC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
With CONSULT K
1. Touch “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Without CONSULT L
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
4. Connect 150 Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. M
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". N
O
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY P

NO >> GO TO 2.
EC-301
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
Without CONSULT
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PCS-11, "Diagnosis Description".
2. Check cooling fan motor operation.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at each speed (LOW/HI).
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for cooling fan circuit. Refer to EC-360, "TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-12, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or CO-38, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-16, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" (HR15DE) or CO-42, "RADIATOR CAP :
Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-18, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or CO-44, "Exploded View"
(HR16DE).
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-27, "Inspection" (HR15DE) or CO-53, "Inspection" (HR16DE).
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Removal and Installation" (HR15DE) or CO-52, "Removal
and Installation" (HR16DE).
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
ature Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check CO-10, "Troubleshooting Chart" (HR15DE) or CO-36, "Troubleshooting
Chart" (HR16DE).

EC-302
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-28, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or CO-54,
"Exploded View" (HR16DE). A
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
EC
ature sensor
+ − C
Terminals
20°C (68°F) 2.10 – 2.90 kΩ
1 2 Temperature 50°C (122°F) 0.68 – 1.00 kΩ D
JMBIA0080ZZ
90°C (194°F) 0.236 – 0.260 kΩ
F
EC-303
P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1225 [Closed throttle position learning perfor- Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
mance]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle position sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-28, "Removal and Installation" (HR15DE) or EM-155, "Removal
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-
30, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-157, "Exploded
View" (HR16DE).
NO >> 1. Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric
throttle control actuator inside.
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
LEARNING”. Refer to EC-127, "Work Procedure".
JSBIA2864ZZ
EC-304
P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
A

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1226 (Closed throttle position learning perfor- Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
mance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. G
TESTING CONDITION:
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. K
M

N
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and O
the housing.
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM- P
View" (HR16DE).
JSBIA2864ZZ
EC-305
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR
The output voltage of the battery current sensor remains within the speci-
P1550 (Battery current sensor circuit range/perfor-
fied range while engine is running.
mance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.
• Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft
• Starter motor
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
EC-306
+ A
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F52 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
F
4. Also check harness for short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity J
K
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
M
Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-308, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
N
NO >> Replace battery current sensor. Refer to PG-177, "Removal and Installation".
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
P
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
EC-307
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000008778294

2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.
ECM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F24 58 68 2.5 V JPBIA3286ZZ
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-159, "How to Handle Battery".
EC-308
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A

BAT CURRENT SENSOR
P1551 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Battery current sensor circuit low input)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR D
P1552 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Battery current sensor circuit high input)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
• Battery current sensor F
• Crankshaft
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit G
H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition switch
ON
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END O
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1 P

EC-309
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 3.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 4.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
EC-310
6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT A

Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000008946073 C

D
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body E
ground.
F
ground.
ECM
Voltage
G
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F24 58 68 2.5 V JPBIA3286ZZ H
I
J
EC-311
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The signal voltage transmitted from the sensor to ECM is higher than the
P1553
(Battery current sensor performance) amount of the maximum power generation.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Crankshaft
• Starter motor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

EC-312
+ A
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F52 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
D
E
+ −
F
4. Also check harness for short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 3.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity J
K
YES >> GO TO 4. L
M
N
P
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
EC-313
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000008946075

4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
ground.
ECM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F24 58 68 2.5 V JPBIA3286ZZ
EC-314
A

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current sensor is lower than the specified
P1554
(Battery current sensor performance) value while the battery voltage is high enough.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
- Sensor power supply 2 circuit is shorted. E
• Crankshaft
F
• Starter motor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned OFF.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK K
NOTE:
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this L
With CONSULT
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. M
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
N
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. O
ECM
+ − Voltage P
Connector
Terminal
Above 2.3 V at
F24 58 68
least once
EC-315

+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F52 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 3.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 4.
EC-316
A
+ −
EC
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT D

Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000008946077 F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body H
ground.
ground. I
ECM
Voltage J
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F24 58 68 2.5 V JPBIA3286ZZ K
L
EC-317
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from Battery temperature sensor remains 0.16V or less for
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor circuit low in-
5 seconds or more.
put)
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from Battery temperature sensor remains 4.84V or more for
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor circuit high in-
5 seconds or more.
put)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.
• Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT - 1

+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F52 2 Ground 5V
EC-318
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4. A
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
EC
+ −
C

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR F
Check battery temperature sensor. Refer to EC-319, "Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor)".
4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT - 1 H
+ −
J
F52 2 F24 39 Existed K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT M
YES >> INSPECTION END N
Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000008817841
O
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. P
3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.
EC-319
Battery current sensor

Terminal
Continuity with the resistance value 100
2 4 None
Ω or more
EC-320
P1650 STARTER MOTOR RELAY 2
A
ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. ECM transmit a EC
control signal directly to IPDM E/R.
Under normal conditions, ECM controls and maintains the starter relay in OFF state during engine running or
“D” position.
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls C
and reactivates the starter relay.
IPDM E/R detects a control state of starter relay and starter control relay and transmits a feedback signal to
ECM via CAN communication. D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms E

A Starter relay is stuck ON.
STR MTR RELAY 2 F
P1650 B Starter relay power supply circuit is excessively high voltage.
(Starter relay circuit)
C Starter relay circuit is excessively low voltage
POSSIBLE CAUSE G
DTC P1650 - A
• Harness and connectors (Between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector is shorted to
ground.) H
• IPDM E/R
DTC P1650 - B
• Harness and connectors I
- Between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness is open or shorted to power.
- Between IPDM E/R harness connector and battery is open.
• IPDM E/R J
DTC P1650 - C
• Harness and connectors (Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R K
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
L
M
If DTC P1650 is displayed with DTC U1001 or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diag-
nosis) for DTC U1001 or P0607.
N
• DTC U1001: Refer to EC-155, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure P
>> GO TO 3.
EC-321
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND C

NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
4. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
8. Select “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Restart the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
10. Shift the selector lever to D position while depressing fully the brake pedal.
11. Select 1 – 4 cylinders in “POWER BALANCE” and cut the fuel of all cylinders.
Without CONSULT
CAUTION:
4. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
7. Restart the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
8. Shift the selector lever to D position while depressing fully the brake pedal.
9. Remove vacuum hoses from intake manifold. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-157,

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STARTER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check the starter motor relay power supply circuit. Refer to PCS-48, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-322
YES >> GO TO 3. A
3.CHECK STARTER RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. C
+ −
D
*1 E
E16
E13 30 87 Existed
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models F
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
YES >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-50, "Removal and Installation". I
EC-323
P1651 STARTER MOTOR RELAY
ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. ECM transmit a
“D” position.
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls
ECM via CAN communication.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

A correlated error is detected for 2 seconds or more between a control sig-
STR MTR RELAY
P1651 nal transmitted from ECM and a feedback signal transmitted from IPDM E/
(Starter control relay circuit)
R via CAN communication line.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector is shorted to
power.)
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Start the engine and let it idle at least 30 seconds.
EC-324
A
nosis) for DTC U1001 or P0607. EC
• DTC U1001: Refer to EC-155, "DTC Description". C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. INSPECTION START D
Check the starter motor operation.

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK DTC WITH IPDM E/R F
Check DTC with IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-12, "CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)".
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-50, "Removal and Installation". I
5.CHECK CRANKING REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT J
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
+ −
L
E16*1 M
E13 23 82 Existed
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models N
5. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
YES >> GO TO 6. O
P
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-50, "Removal and Installation".
EC-325
P1652 STARTER MOTOR SYSTEM COMM
ECM controls ON/OFF state of the starter relay, according to the engine and vehicle condition. ECM transmit a
“D” position.
When detecting a decrease in engine speed due to rapid deceleration or heavy load condition, ECM controls
ECM via CAN communication.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble diagnosis name

STR MTR SYS COMM
P1652 ECM detects malfunction in starter motor drive circuit of the IPDM E/R.
(Starter motor communication line)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 minutes.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

EC-326
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. A
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
2.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC. C
Board Diagnosis Function". D
4. Check DTC.
Is the P1652 displayed again? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
G
H
EC-327
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for
engine control.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

IN PULY SPEED Input speed sensor signal is different from the theoretical value calculated
P1715
[Input speed sensor (TCM output)] by ECM from output speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, P0335, P0340 or P0605, first perform the confirmation proce-
dure (trouble diagnosis) for DTC UXXXX, P0335, P0340 or P0605.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:

EC-328
• DTC P0340: Refer to EC-259, "DTC Description". EC
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM C
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-458, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-612, "Removal and Installation" D
EC-329
P1720 VSS
P1720 VSS
ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)” via combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module).
ECM uses these signals for engine control.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

V/SP SEN(A/T OUT) The difference between two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified
P1720
[Vehicle speed sensor (TCM output)] range.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Secondary speed sensor circuit is open or shorted.
- Wheel sensor circuit is open or shorted.
• TCM
• Secondary speed sensor
• Wheel sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, P0605 or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure (trou-
ble diagnosis) for DTC UXXXX, P0605 or P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without depressing the brake
pedal.
EC-330
P1720 VSS
A
If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, P0605 or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure (trou-
ble diagnosis) for DTC UXXXX, P0605 or P0607. EC
• DTC UXXXX: Refer to EC-90, "DTC Index". C
NO >> GO TO 2. D
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
E
YES >> GO TO 3.
F
3.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Check DTC with “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Refer to BRC-40, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-63, "CONSULT Function".
J
EC-331
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the
P1805
(Stop lamp switch circuit) vehicle is driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE

Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small
range.

2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
EC-332
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
CVT models
+ A
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
E102*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
M120*2
*1: LHD models C
*2: RHD models
M/T models
+
D

Connector Terminal E
E103 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CVT models H
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
I
E102*1 E16*1
*2
2 99 Existed
M120 E18*2 J
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
M/T models K
+ −
L
E16*1
E103 2 99 Existed
E18*2 M
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-334, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
P
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-87, "Exploded View"
(RHD).
EC-333
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery.
• 10A fuse (No. 7)
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000008778332
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH - 1

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Stop lamp switch

+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-23, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) or BR-88,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
Stop lamp switch

Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-87, "Exploded View"
(RHD).
EC-334
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A

ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is exces-
P2100 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit/
sively low.
open)
D
ETC MOT PWR-B1
P2103 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.
high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P2100
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open) F
• Throttle control motor relay
DTC P2103
G
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
FAIL-SAFE H

Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed I

1.PRECONDITIONING J
ing the next test.
K
TESTING CONDITION: L
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2. M
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
N
3. Check DTC.
O
Is DTC detected?
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EC-335
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

ECM
+ − Voltage
*1 *1
F23 E16 Battery volt-
15 108
F21*2 E18*2 age
*1: LHD models

*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT - 1
Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition.
ECM
+ − Conditions Voltage
F23*1
E16 *1 Ignition switch: OFF Battery voltage
2 108
F21*2 E18*2 Ignition switch: ON Approx. 0 V
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
+ −
F23*1
E15 60 15 Existed
F21*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-336
YES >> GO TO 5. A
5.CHECK FUSE
EC
2. Check 15A fuse.
C
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-50, "Removal and Installation". E
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT - 2 F
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
+ −
H
F23*1 I
E15 55 *2
2 Existed
F21
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models J
YES >> GO TO 8. K
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-50, "Removal and Installation". M
EC-337
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
P2101 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE

Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when engine is run-
ning.
>> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

EC-338
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. C
ECM
D
F23*1 E16*1 Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V E

2 108
F21*2 E18*2 Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6. G
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
nector. I
+ −
J
ECM Continuity
ator
K
F23*1 1 F31*1 Not existed
5
F21*2 4 F37*2 Existed
F23*1 1 F31*1 Existed L

6
*1: LHD models
M
*2: RHD models
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY O
P
EC-339
the housing.
YES >> GO TO 5.
JSBIA2864ZZ
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor)".
ECM
+ − Voltage
F23*1 E16*1 Battery volt-

15 108
F21*2 E18*2 age
*1: LHD models

*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
+ −
F23*1
E15 55 2 Existed
F21*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 8.
EC-340
EC
+ −
C

*1
F23
E15 60 15 Existed
F21*2
*1: LHD models E
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK FUSE G

2. Check 15A fuse.
H
YES >> GO TO 11.
I
K
Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor) INFOID:0000000008778337
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR L

2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.
M
Electric throttle control actuator
Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal N
5 6 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 1 – 15 Ω
P
EC-341
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ETC MOT-B1
P2118 (Throttle actuator control motor current ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor.
range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE

Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
F23*1 1 F31 *1 Not existed

5
EC-342
+ −
A
ECM Continuity
ator
EC
6
*1: LHD models C
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR E
F
G
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR H

I
Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
J
5 6 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 1 – 15 Ω

Is the inspection result normal? K
"Exploded View" (HR16DE). L
EC-343
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the
A
return spring malfunction.
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119 (Throttle actuator control throttle body Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified
B
range/performance) range.
C ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE

Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring mal-
function:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle po-
sition. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 de-
grees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the en-
gine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or
more.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
CVT models
2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
M/T models
2. Set selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
EC-344
3. Set selector lever to Neutral position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A
EC
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C D
CVT models
2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. E
5. Check DTC. F
M/T models
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. G
5. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". I
J

the housing. L
M
View" (HR16DE).
throttle control actuator inside. N
JSBIA2864ZZ
O
EC-345
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SEN 1/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is
P2122 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “D”
sent to ECM.
circuit low)
APP SEN 1/CIRC
An excessively high voltage from the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is
sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator pedal position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order
tion.

sis) for DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

EC-346
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
C
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ground.
D
+
Voltage
Accelerator pedal position sensor −
(Approx.) E
Connector Terminal
E101*1
4 Ground 5V
M119*2 F
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

I
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and accelerator pedal position sensor harness
connector.
J
+ −
Accelerator pedal position
ECM Continuity
sensor
K
E16*1 E101*1
111 2 Existed
E18*2 M119*2 L
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
O
connector.
P
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
E16*1 E101*1
110 3 Existed
E18*2 M119*2
EC-347
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Check accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-348, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
tion Sensor)".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
E16*1 E101*1
*2
106 4 Existed
E18 M119*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000008942124

ECM
Connector
+ −
Accelerator ped- Fully released 0.6 – 0.9 V
al position sen- 110 111
sor 1 Fully depressed 3.9 – 4.7 V
E16*1
*2
Accelerator pedal
Accelerator ped- E18 Fully released 0.3 – 0.6 V
*1: LHD models

*2: RHD models
EC-348
A

APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “E”
sent to ECM.
circuit low)
D
APP SEN 2/CIRC
sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted. F
G
FAIL-SAFE

H
tion. I

J
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. K
TESTING CONDITION:
M
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. N
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-349, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P

EC-349
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E101*1
5 Ground 5V
M119*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
E16*1 E101*1
104 1 Existed
E18*2 M119*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
SHORT
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
E16*1 E101*1
*2
103 6 Existed
E18 M119*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 4.
tion Sensor)".
EC-350
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation". A
EC
connector.
C
+ −
ECM Continuity D
sensor
*1 *1
E16 E101 E
102 5 Existed
E18*2 M119*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
H
I
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR J

ECM L
Connector
+ −
M
E16*1
Accelerator pedal
Accelerator ped- E18*2 Fully released 0.3 – 0.6 V N
*1: LHD models O

*2: RHD models
YES >> INSPECTION END P
EC-351
P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TP SENSOR-B1
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2135 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “A”/
throttle position sensor 1 and throttle position sensor 2.
“B” voltage correlation)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Throttle position sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle position sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE

tion.

DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

DTC P0643.
EC-352
P2135 TP SENSOR
NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
EC
C
+
Voltage
(Approx.) D
Connector Terminal
F31*1
2 Ground 5V
F37*2 E
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G

H
nector.
I
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
J
F24*1 F31*1
36 4 Existed
F22*2 F37*2 K
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
N
nector.
+ −
O
ECM Continuity
ator
P
F24*1 33 F31*1 1
Existed
F22*2 34 F37*2 3
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-353
P2135 TP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5.
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
F24*1 F31*1
72 2 Existed
F22*2 F37*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models

CVT models
ECM
Connector
+ −

33
F24*1
*2
34
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
M/T models
EC-354
P2135 TP SENSOR
5. Set selector lever to 1st position. A
ECM EC
Connector
+ −
C
33
F24*1
*2
Throttle position F22 Fully released Less than 4.75 V D
34
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models E
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View" (HR15DE) or EM-157, F
EC-355
P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SENSOR Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2138 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “D”/ accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and accelerator pedal position sensor
“E” voltage correlation) 2.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
- APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE

tion.

DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

EC-356
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC P0643. A
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
C
D
+
Voltage
(Approx.) E
Connector Terminal
E101*1
4 Ground 5V
M119*2 F
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1 H
Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ground.
I
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal J
E101*1
5 Ground 5V
M119*2
K
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and accelerator pedal position sensor harness N
connector.
+ − O
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
E16*1 104 E101*1 1
*2 *2
Existed
E18 111 M119 2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
EC-357
P2138 APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
E16*1 103 E101*1 6

*2 *2
Existed
E18 110 M119 3
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 6.
tion Sensor)".
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
E16*1 E101*1
*2
106 4 Existed
E18 M119*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
connector.
EC-358
P2138 APP SENSOR
+ − A
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
E16*1 E101*1
102 5 Existed
E18*2 M119*2
C
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT E
F
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000008942339 G

4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. I
ECM
Sensor Terminal Condition Voltage J
Connector
+ −
al position sen- 110 111 K
E16*1
Accelerator pedal
Accelerator ped- E18*2 Fully released 0.3 – 0.6 V
al position sen- 103 104 L
*1: LHD models

*2: RHD models M
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation". N
EC-359
COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
TYPE 1
TYPE 1 : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000008778360
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
NO >> Proceed to EC-360, "TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure".
TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008778361
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT

3. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor Continuity
5 2
E10
7 E52 1 Existed
E11 10 4
5. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
+
Cooling fan motor − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E52 3 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-361, "TYPE 1 : Component Inspection (Cooling Fan)".
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-48, "Removal and Installation".
EC-360
COOLING FAN
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-50, "Removal and Installation". A
TYPE 1 : Component Inspection (Cooling Fan) INFOID:0000000008778362
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
3. Check cooling fan motor under the following conditions.
D
Cooling fan motor
+ − Condition Operation
Terminal E
1 4
tween terminals 1 and 4 Cooling fan mo-
12 V direct current supply be- tor operates F
2 3
tween terminals 1 and 4
YES >> INSPECTION END G
TYPE 2
H
TYPE 2 : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000009817304
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION I

With CONSULT
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. J
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
Without CONSULT K
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-11, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates. L
NO >> Proceed to EC-361, "TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure". M
TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009817305
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT N

3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground. O
+
P
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-361
COOLING FAN
2.CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED CONTROL CIRCUIT
+ −
E10 5 E53 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan resistor.
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan resistor harness connector and cooling fan motor harness con-
nector.
+ −
Cooling fan resistor Cooling fan motor Continuity
E42 2 E53 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-III
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan resistor harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Cooling fan resistor Continuity
E10 5 E42 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN RESISTOR
Check cooling fan resistor. Refer to EC-363, "TYPE 2 : Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Resistor)".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace cooling fan resistor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED CONTROL CIRCUIT
EC-362
COOLING FAN
+ − A
EC
E10 7 E53 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR D
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-363, "TYPE 2 : Component Inspection (Coolng Fan Motor)".
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
G
TYPE 2 : Component Inspection (Coolng Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000009817306 H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
J
Cooling fan motor
terminal Operation
Connector
+ − K
E53 1 2 Cooling fan operates.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
TYPE 2 : Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Resistor) INFOID:0000000009817307 M

1. Disconnect cooling fan resistor connector. N
2. Check resistance between cooling fan resistor terminals.
Cooling fan resistor O

+ − Resistance
Terminal
P
1 2 0.78 – 0.858 Ω
NO >> Replace cooling fan resistor. Refer to CO-22, "Exploded View".
EC-363
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to
ECM through the CAN communication line.
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION

2. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication
Rear window defog- ON ON

LOAD SIGNAL
ger switch OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.

ON at 2nd
ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch position
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Select “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check “HEATER FAN SW” indication under the following conditions.
Heater fan control ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
switch OFF OFF
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit. Refer to EC-364, "Component Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
EC-364
Perform the trouble diagnosis for rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-21, "Work Flow" (FOR CHINA)
or DEF-49, "Work Flow" (EXCEPT FOR CHINA). A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. EC
3. CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Perform the trouble diagnosis for headlamp system. Refer to EXL-89, "Work Flow".
C
4.CHECK AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Perform the trouble diagnosis for air conditioning system. Refer to HAC-21, "Work Flow" (MANUAL AIR CON-
DITIONING) or HAC-74, "Work Flow" (MANUAL COOLER). E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F
EC-365
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (EVAP canis-
ter side).
4. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode wit CONSULT.
5. Touch “Qu” and “Qd” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” and check vacuum existence under
the following conditions.
PURG VOL C/V Vacuum

100% Existed
0% Not existed
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (EVAP canis-
ter side).
4. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
Condition Vacuum
At idle Not existed
About 2,000 rpm Existed
NO >> Go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-402, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
ground.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC-366
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
ECM harness connector. EC
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM

Continuity
D
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. E
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT F
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies G
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> GO TO 5.
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-367, "Component Inspection (EVAP I
Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)".
J
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to FL-19, "Hydraulic Layout".
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve) K
INFOID:0000000009817491
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE L

With CONSULT
M
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG N
O
100% Existed P
0% Not existed
JSBIA0653ZZ
Without CONSULT
EC-367
EVAP canister purge

Condition
+ − between and
Terminal
Existed
1 2 tween terminals 1 and 2 JSBIA0653ZZ

EC-368
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. E
Without CONSULT F
1. Let engine idle.
Clicking noise should be heard. G

PBIB3332E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000008778367 J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground. L
+
Fuel injector − Voltage M
Cylinder Front / Rear Connector Terminal
Front F57
1 1 N
Rear F61
Front F58
2 1
Rear F62 O
Ground Battery voltage
Front F59
3 1
Rear F63
P
Front F60
4 1
Rear F64
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-369
FUEL INJECTOR
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
+ −
ECM Fuel injector Continuity
Connector Terminal Cylinder Connector Front / Rear Terminal
31 F57 Front
1 2
12 F61 Rear
30 F58 Front
2 2
F23*1 20 F62 Rear
Existed
F21*2 29 F59 Front
3 2
16 F63 Rear
25 F60 Front
4 2
24 F64 Rear
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-371, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-39, "Removal and Installation" (HR15DE) or
EM-167, "Removal and Installation" (HR16DE).
5.CHECK FUSE
3. Check the fuse.
YES >> GO TO 6.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors.
EC-370
FUEL INJECTOR
+ − A
IPDM E/R Fuel injector Continuity
Connector Terminal Cylinder Connector Front / Rear Terminal
EC
F57 Front
1 1
F61 Rear
F58 Front C
2 1
F62 Rear
E15 62 Existed
F59 Front
3 1 D
F63 Rear
F60 Front
4 1
F64 Rear E
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) INFOID:0000000008778368
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR G

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connectors. H
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals under the following conditions.
Fuel injector
I
Terminal
10 – 60°C J
1 2 Temperature 11.1 – 14.5 Ω
(50 – 140°F)
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-39, "Removal and Installation" (HR15DE) or
L
EC-371
FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed

hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
JSBIA0601ZZ
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

ECM
+ − Voltage
F23*1 E16*1
F21*2 E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
5. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
+
Fuel level sensor unit and
− Voltage
fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should for exist 1
B40 1 Ground second after ignition switch is turn
ON.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 8.
EC-372
FUEL PUMP
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

2. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
EC
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump − Continuity
Connector Terminal C
B40 3 Ground Existed
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-374, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-9, "Exploded View".
G
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 I
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. J
+ −
K
F23*1 L
E13 31 23 Existed
F21*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models M
YES >> GO TO 7.
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". O
8.CHECK FUSE
3. Check the fuse.
YES >> GO TO 9.
EC-373
FUEL PUMP
+ −
IPDM E/R Continuity
fuel pump
E15 54 B40 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000008778371
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

3. Check the resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals as follows.

fuel pump
+ −
Terminal
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 0.2 – 5.0 Ω
EC-374
HO2S2
HO2S2
A
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I EC

3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
D
ECM
Connector
Terminal E
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage does not remain in the range of
F22 50 59
least 10 times 0.2 - 0.4V.
NO >> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
H
ECM
Connector I
Terminal
The voltage does not remain in the range of
F22 50 59 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes
0.2 - 0.4V.
J
NO >> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
L
ECM
Connector M
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi- The voltage does not remain in the range of
F22 50 59
tion (CVT) or 4th gear position (M/T) 0.2 - 0.4V.
N
NO >> Proceed to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

EC-375
HO2S2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 2.

Continuity
2. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and
ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
EC-376
HO2S2
9. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. A
EC
JSBIA3451ZZ D
: “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.78 V (CVT models) or 0.73 V (M/T models) at least once when the
“FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
E
F
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. H
ECM
I
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.78 V J
(CVT models) or 0.73 V (M/T mod-
els) at least once during this proce-
dure.
The voltage should be below 0.50 V K
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 - 2 M
ECM
N
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.78 V O
els) at least once during this proce-
dure.
The voltage should be below 0.50 V P
NO >> GO TO 5.
EC-377
HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT), 4th els) at least once during this proce-
F22 50 59
gear position (M/T) dure.
EC-378
HO2S2 HEATER
HO2S2 HEATER
A
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER FUNCTION EC

3. Start engine and let it idle. C
ECM D
+ − Condition Voltage signal
E
Approx. 10V
F
At idle
F21 5 F22 59
G
JMBIA0214GB
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed: Above 3,200 rpm
(11 - 14V)
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
YES >> INSPECTION END I
J
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. K
L
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F71 2 Ground Battery voltage M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. N
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
P
Continuity
F71 3 F21 5 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
EC-379
HO2S2 HEATER
Heater)".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident"


Terminal
2 3 3.3 – 4.4 Ω
2
1 3
(Continuity
1 should not exist)
4 2
3
EC-380
IAT SENSOR
IAT SENSOR
A
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION EC

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
C
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector D
Terminal
F22 46 52 Approx. 0 - 4.8 V
F
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

G
1. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between intake air temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
H
Intake air temperature sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
I
F4 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
3. Check the continuity between intake air temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. L
Intake air temperature sen-

ECM M
sor Continuity
F4 1 F22 52 Existed
N
YES >> GO TO 3. O
P
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sen-
sor)".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-28, "Exploded View".
EC-381
IAT SENSOR
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000009817490

3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) terminals as follows.

Terminals
EC-382
IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
2. Restart engine.
Does the engine start? C
NO >> Proceed to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT E
F
3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION G
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connectors with an oscilloscope. H
ECM
I
Voltage signal
+ −
J
17
18
F23*1 21 E16*1 K
108
F21*2 E18*2
22
L
JMBIA0219GB
*1: LHD models

*2: RHD models
M
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
N
O
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds. P
EC-383
IGNITION SIGNAL
ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
E16*1
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for ECM power supply circuit. Refer to EC-150, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 10.
3.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-387, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace condenser.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
EC-384
IGNITION SIGNAL
+ A
Ignition coil − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
EC
F33*1
1 3
F74*2
F34*1 C
2 *2
3
F75 Battery volt-
Ground
age
F35*1
3 3 D
F76*2
F36*1
4 3
F77*2 E
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 12.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
2. Check the continuity between Ignition coil harness connector and ground.
H
+
I
F33*1
1 2
F74*2 J
F34*1
2 2
F75*2
Ground Existed K
F35*1
3 2
F76*2
F36*1 L
4 2
F77*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models M
YES >> GO TO 7. N
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.
P
EC-385
IGNITION SIGNAL
+ −
ECM Ignition coil Continuity
Connector Terminal Cylinder Connector Terminal
F33*1
17 1 1
F74*2
F34*1
18 2 1
F23*1 F75*2
Existed
F21*2 F35*1
22 3 1
F76*2
F36*1
21 4 1
F77*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-387, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)".
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-47, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (HR15DE) or EM-174, "Removal and Installation" (HR16DE).
10.CHECK FUSE
3. Check the fuse.
YES >> GO TO 11.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
EC-386
IGNITION SIGNAL
12.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 4 A

EC
+ −
IPDM E/R Ignition coil Continuity C
F33*1
1 3 D
F74*2
F34*1
2 3
F75*2
E15 61 Existed E
F35*1
3 3
F76*2
F36*1 F
4 *2
3
F77
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models G
H
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000008778375
I
1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
3. Check the resistance between condenser terminals as follows.
K
Condenser
Terminal L
1 2 Temperature 25°C (77°F) Above 1 MΩ
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000008778374 N
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL - 1

3. Check the resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
P
EC-387
IGNITION SIGNAL
Ignition coil
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F)
Except 0 Ω
2 3
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil. Refer to EM-47, "Removal and Installation" (HR15DE) or
CAUTION:
NOTE:
dure.
4. Start engine.
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil. Refer to EM-47, "Removal and Installation" (HR15DE) or
EC-388
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
A
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION EC

2. Make sure that MIL lights up.
D
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
G
YES >> GO TO 3. H
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". I
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-113, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
EC-389
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
E16*1
101 98 1.0 – 4.0 V
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1

2. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
+ −
ECM Refrigerant pressure sensor Continuity
E16*1
98 E49 1 Existed
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
YES >> GO TO 3.
EC-390
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
tor.
EC
+ −
ECM Refrigerant pressure sensor Continuity C
E16*1
85 E49 2 Existed D
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
YES >> GO TO 4.

Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". G
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. refer to HAC-47, "Removal and Installation" (MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONING) or HAC-96, "Removal and Installation" (MANUAL COOLER). H
I
tor. J
+ −
K
E16*1 L
101 E49 3 Existed
E18*2
*1: LHD models
*2: RHD models M
EC-391
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
• Engine oil position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
• Battery current sensor (for China models)
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2

2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connectors.
4. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connectors and ground.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
101
E5
102
Ground 5V
71*
F5
75
*: For China models
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.
EC-392
ECM Sensor A
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
E16*1 EC
E101*1
E18*2 102 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 5
M119*2
F24*1 71*3 Battery current sensor*3 F52*3 1*3 C

F22*2 75 Crankshaft position sensor F107 1
*1: LHD models
D
*2: RHD models
*3: For China models
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS F
Sensor Reference G
sor)" H
Battery current sensor* (Battery Current Sensor)"

EC-257, "Component Inspection I
(Crankshaft Position Sensor)"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-390, "Diagnosis Procedure"
*: For China models J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K

Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
EC-393
VSS
VSS
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
cation line.
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED FUNCTION
With CONSULT
2. Lift up the vehicle.
4. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
5. Check “VHCL SPEED SE” indication when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
“VHCL SPEED SE” indication should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH).

3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED FUNCTION
Without CONSULT
2. Start engine.
3. Check vehicle speed of speedometer.
The vehicle speed should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Check DTC with “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Refer to BRC-40, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-63, "CONSULT Function".
>> INSPECTION END
EC-394
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000008778380
EC
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
D
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

E
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-372
Fuel pressure regulator sys- I
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-135
tem
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-369
Evaporative emission sys- J
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-42
tem
Air Positive crankcase ventila-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-403
tion system K
3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjust-
1 1 1 1 1 EC-131
ment
EC-338 L
Electric throttle control actua-
1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-342
tor
EC-344
Igni- Incorrect ignition timing ad- M
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-401
tion justment
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-383
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-150 N
EC-395
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-178
Engine coolant temperature sensor 1
3 3 EC-185
circuit
3 EC-192
EC-196
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-199
EC-202
EC-188
EC-243
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-304
EC-305
2 2 EC-352
EC-346
Accelerator pedal position sensor cir-
3 2 1 EC-349
cuit
EC-356
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-253
Engine oil pressure sensor circuit 4 2 3 EC-274
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-255
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 2 EC-259
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-271
EC-282
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-284
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-156
valve circuit
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-161
valve circuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-290
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-390
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-364
Starter motor relay 2 circuit 3 EC-321
Starter motor relay circuit 3 EC-326
HAC-21
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
HAC-74
ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
4 BRC-58
trol unit)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
EC-396
(continued on next table)
A
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM
EC


C


D
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
E

Fuel Fuel tank FL-18
G
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-18
Vapor lock — H
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
gasoline, Low octane) I
Air EM-29
Air duct
EM-156
EM-29 J
Air cleaner
EM-156
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — EM-29 K
5 5 5 5 5 5
electric throttle control ac- EM-156
tuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control ac- EM-30
tuator EM-157
L
Air leakage from intake EM-30

manifold/Collector/Gasket EM-157
M
Crank- Battery PG-161
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit CHG-16
Starter circuit 3 STR-18 N
1
EM-108
Signal plate 6
EM-236
PNP signal 4 EC-291 O
Engine Cylinder head EM-80
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3 EM-207
P
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring EM-108
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod EM-236
Bearing
Crankshaft
EC-397
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Valve EM-57
Timing chain
mecha- EM-184
nism
EM-68
Camshaft
EM-195
EM-57
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-184
Exhaust valve timing con- EM-57
trol EM-184
Intake valve EM-80
3
Exhaust valve EM-207
Ex- Exhaust manifold/Tube/ EM-34

haust Muffler/Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-163
Three way catalyst EX-8
Lubri- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil

LU-10
cation pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/
LU-22
Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LU-7
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
LU-19
Cooling CO-16
Radiator/Hose/Radiator CO-16
filler cap CO-42
CO-42
CO-27
Thermostat 5
CO-53
CO-25
Water pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-51
CO-7
Water gallery
CO-34
CO-23
Cooling fan
CO-49
5
Coolant level (Low)/Con- CO-12
taminated coolant CO-38
SEC-35
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
1 1 SEC-89
System)
SEC-149
EC-398
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) EC

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. C
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-37,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description". D
EC-399
IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000008778382
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.
Without CONSULT
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
>> INSPECTION END
EC-400
IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
A
1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC

1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
JSBIA0603ZZ
F
Loop wire
A. Timing light B. Timing indicator
G
2. Check ignition timing.
>> INSPECTION END H
EC-401
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port . Orally blow air through port .
Check that air flows freely through port .
b. Block port. Orally blow air through port.
Check that air flows freely through port.
3. Visually inspect the fuel check valve for cracks, damage, loose
connections chafing and deterioration.
JMBIA0443ZZ
4. Check fuel check valve as follows:

a. Blow air through connector on the fuel tank side. A considerable
resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow should be
directed toward the EVAP canister side.
b. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side. Air flow
should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
c. If fuel check valve is suspected or not properly functioning in
step 1 and 2 above, replace it.
JSBIA0080GB
5. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF943S
EC-402
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-46, "Exploded View"
E
PBIB1589E
EC-403
ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR15DE, HR16DE]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000008901938
JSBIA3082GB
ECM ECM bracket

: Vehicle front
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000008778386
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-124, "Work Procedure".
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-175, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-28, "Removal and Installation" (HR15DE) or EM-155, "Removal
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to PG-5, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM mounting nuts, and then remove ECM.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
EC-404
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HR15DE, HR16DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

Idle Speed INFOID:0000000008778387
EC
Transmission Condition Specification

C
CVT No load* (in P or N position) 650 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 650 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions D
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position E
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000008778388
F
9 ± 5°BTDC (for China)
CVT No load* (in P or N position)
7 ± 5°BTDC (for Indonesia) G
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 10 ± 5°BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
H
• A/C switch: OFF
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
I
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000008778389
J
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 10 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35% K
L
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output voltage at idle 0.8 – 1.3 V*
M
0.8 – 4.0 g/s at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
2.0 – 10.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
N
EC-405
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [MR18DE]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000009800362
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000009800363
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service INFOID:0000000009800364
WARNING:
Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident.
• Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, remov-
ing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage
generated parts.
• Never work with wet hands.
• Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon
headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector.
(Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.)
• Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot.
CAUTION:
EC-406
PRECAUTIONS
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connec- A
tor, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.)
• Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester.
• Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it.
EC
• Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it.
• Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.).
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000009800365
C
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION: D
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up. E
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock- F
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to GI-3, "Contents".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. G
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. H
General Precautions INFOID:0000000009800366
I
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- J
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is K
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
L
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM. M

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. So,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this N
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related O
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
PBIA9222J
P
- 1st trip freeze frame data
EC-407
PRECAUTIONS
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J
EC-408
PRECAUTIONS
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact. A
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
EC
G
SEF348N
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. H

• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. I

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
J
SEF709Y
L
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic M
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away N
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave O
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y
EC-409
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [MR18DE]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000009800367
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17550000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester
Break-out box
ZZA1194D
EG17680000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Y-cable adapter
PBIA9379J
KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure

Fuel tube adapter
PBIB3043E
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000009809229
Tool name Description

Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part
No. 16441 6N210)
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
S-NT653
EC-410
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [MR18DE]
Tool name Description
A
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco- EC
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
C
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
D
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
E
S-NT779
EC-411
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR18DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000009800368
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT
PBIB3448E

Ignition coil
Fuel injector EC-418, "Fuel Injector"
EC-412
COMPONENT PARTS
A

IPDM E/R control the internal relays and the actuators. EC
When CAN communication with ECM is impossible, IPDM E/R
IPDM E/R
performs fail-safe control.
PCS-3, "Component Parts Location".
C
ECM EC-415, "ECM"
EC-422, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
(with intake air temperature sensor) D
EC-417, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator" E
(with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor)
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-418, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
ENGINE COMPARTMENT F
JSBIA3464ZZ
O
Engine front side
: Engine front
P

Ignition coil
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to
PCV valve
conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
EC-413
COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel injector EC-418, "Fuel Injector"
Not applicable —
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-416, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Not applicable —
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
JSBIA4094ZZ

Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC-419, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-420, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
BODY COMPARTMENT
EC-414
COMPONENT PARTS
EC
H
JSBIA4095ZZ
Inside of fuel tank Periphery of pedals Under of left side fuel tank
I

MWI-36, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Oil J
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), oil pressure warning lamp (in
Pressure Warning Lamp", MWI-35, "WARNING LAMPS/IN-
combination meter)
DICATOR LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
K
Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly EC-419, "Fuel Pump"
L
Stop lamp switch EC-422, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Accelerator pedal position switch EC-416, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"

EVAP canister stores the generated fuel vapors in the M
sealed fuel tank to activated charcoals of EVAP canister
EVAP canister
when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the
tank.
N
ECM INFOID:0000000009800369
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal O

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIA9222J
EC-415
COMPONENT PARTS
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000009800370
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000009800373
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of

intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
PBIA9875J
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
JPBIA5503GB
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000009800374
Cooling fan operates at low and high speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.
Refer to EC-433, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000009800375
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolu-
tion.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
changes.
PBIA9209J
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
EC-416
COMPONENT PARTS
A
EC
JPBIA5503GB
D
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000009800376
DESCRIPTION
E
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
JSBIA0270GB
J
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. K
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY L
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not M
provided to the ECM.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
N
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a O
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- P
nals and controls the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
PBIB0145E
EC-417
COMPONENT PARTS
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000009800377
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000009800380
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
PBIA9215J
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000009800383
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J
EC-418
COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000009800384

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay EC
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. C
The ECM activates the fuel pump for a few seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the D
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
E
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops. G
H
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube I
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM J
adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio.
The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1 V to 0
V.
K
SEF463R
O
SEF288D
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER P

Engine speed
EC-419
COMPONENT PARTS

Above 3,400 rpm OFF
Below 3,400 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
under no load
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 2 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Engine speed

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
under no load
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000009800386
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
EC-420
COMPONENT PARTS
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000009800387
A
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM. EC
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
C
D
PBIA9559J
<Reference data> E
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 F
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
G
SEF012P H
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000009800388
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF I

The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit J
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
K
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
L
PBIB1842E
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000009800389
M
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. N
P
JSBIA0284ZZ
EC-421
COMPONENT PARTS
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000009800393
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
PBIB2657E
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000009800394
Stop lamp switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.

ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Brake pedal Stop lamp switch

Released OFF
Depressed ON
EC-422
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000009800395
EC
G
PBIB2962E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. I
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.
M
PBIB1588E
EC-423
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000009800396
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
PBIB3300E
EC-424
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls the engine by various functions. A
Function Reference
EC-429, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De- EC
Fuel injection control
scription"
Electric ignition control EC-431, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-435, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip- C
tion"
EC-432, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion" D
Cooling fan control EC-433, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EC-434, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission E
tion"
EC-436, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/
Warning/Indicator/Chime control
Indicator lamps"
CAN communication EC-435, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description" F
EC-425
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000009800397
JSBIA4099GB
EC-426
SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA4100GB
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000009800398 P
EC-427
SYSTEM
Detected Engine operating condition

lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
DTC RELATED ITEM
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condi-
P0118 sensor circuit tion.
CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT
Condition
display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
ON or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0223 condition.
P1121 Electric throttle control actu- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
ator spring malfunction:)
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not
exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
EC-428
SYSTEM
A
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P2123 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. EC
P2128 condition.
C
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000009800399
D
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
E
M
JSBIA0607GB
NOTE:
• MAP sensor is not used.
• ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. N
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of O
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor, camshaft position sen- P
sor and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
EC-429
SYSTEM
• When starting the engine
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D (A/T models)
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2953E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses heated
oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-419, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC-430
SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A
EC
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used. D

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System E
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- G
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
H
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000009800400
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I
N
JSBIA0608GB
NOTE:
• ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
P
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
EC-431
SYSTEM
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000009800401
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA4110GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
COOLING FAN CONTROL
EC-432
SYSTEM
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000009800402
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA3078GB
*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. H
Cooling Fan Operation
PBIB2483E
N
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
Cooling fan relay O

Cooling fan speed
1 2 3
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
P
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON
EC-433
SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000009800403
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0611GB
NOTE:
• ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
EC-434
SYSTEM
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000009800404
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA0079GB F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
G
PBIB3333E
L
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, engine oil tempera- M
ture and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve
timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open
timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
N
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000009800409
O
P
Refer to LAN-32, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
EC-435
SYSTEM
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/Indicator lamps INFOID:0000000009800410
Name Design Arrangement/Function

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-35, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
Oil pressure warning lamp Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-36, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : Oil Pressure Warning Lamp".
EC-436
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000009800411
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information EC
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC.
C
EC-437
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000009800413
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.


damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0304 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0304 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-463, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000009800414

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-463, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-479, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT. The
1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
EC-438
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
EC
Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0304
1
D
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000009800415
H
stored in the ECM memory. I
J
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
M
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
O
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
EC-439
JMBIA1417GB
stored in ECM.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
remain in ECM.)
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
is stored in ECM.
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-442, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern C
EC-440
Example: A
EC
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust C
JMBIA1418GB
EC-441
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
System”
Driving Pattern A
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000009800416
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
NOTE:
A.
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
closed loop.
closed loop.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
B.
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
EC-442
than 70°C (158°F). A
NOTE:
EC
ing pattern C.
pattern C. C
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000009800418
D
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator lamp E
that affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp F
the signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunc- G
tion detection.
SAT652J
- ECM H
- TCM
NOTE: I
NOTE:
J
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000009800419
K

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions. L

Bulb check MIL can be checked. M
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read. N
Accelerator pedal released position learning ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-486, "Description".
O
BULB CHECK MODE P

Description
Operation Procedure
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
EC-443
Description
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
cycle.
Description
blinking.
NOTE:
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
PBIB0092E

mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
EC-444
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. A
EC
PBIB3005E
J
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
K
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later L
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- M
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as N
well.
O
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed P
EC-445
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000009800420
FUNCTION

Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT unit.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-463, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data

Description
item*
• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as DTC. (Refer to EC-
DTC RESULTS
463, "DTC Index".)
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
ule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
EC-446
Freeze frame data
Description
item* A
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. EC
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
C
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. D
DATA MONITOR MODE

NOTE:
E
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
Monitored Item
F
For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-452, "Reference Value".
×: Applicable
Monitor Item Selection

G
Monitored item Unit MAIN ECU INPUT Description Remarks
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• Accuracy becomes poor if H
• Indicates the engine speed engine speed drops below
computed from the signal of the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm × × the crankshaft position sensor • If the signal is interrupted
(POS) and camshaft position while the engine is running, I
sensor (PHASE). an abnormal value may be
indicated.
• When the engine is J
• The signal voltage of the
indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V × × mass air flow sensor is dis-
• When engine is running,
played.
specification range is indi- K
cated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates
the fuel injection pulse width • When engine is running, L
B/FUEL SCHDL msec × × programmed into ECM, prior specification range is indi-
to any learned on board cor- cated in “SPEC”.
rection.
• When the engine is M
indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel • When engine is running,
A/F ALPHA-B1 % ratio feedback correction fac- specification range is indi-
N
tor per cycle is indicated. cated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the
data for the air-fuel ratio O
learning control.
• When the engine coolant
• The engine coolant tempera- temperature sensor is open
ture (determined by the signal or short-circuited, ECM en- P
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F × × voltage of the engine coolant ters fail-safe mode. The en-
temperature sensor) is dis- gine coolant temperature
played. determined by the ECM is
displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heat-
HO2S1 (B1) V ed oxygen sensor 1 is dis-
played.
EC-447
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• The signal voltage of the heat-
HO2S2 (B1) V × × ed oxygen sensor 2 is dis-
played.
• Display of heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal during air-fuel
• After turning ON the ignition
ratio feedback control:
switch, “RICH” is displayed
RICH: means the mixture be-
until air-fuel mixture ratio
came “rich”, and control is be-
feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN ing affected toward a leaner
• When the air-fuel ratio feed-
mixture.
back is clamped, the value
LEAN: means the mixture be-
just before the clamping is
came “lean”, and control is
displayed continuously.
being affected toward a rich
mixture.
• Display of heated oxygen
sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN × stopped, a certain value is
lyst is relatively small.
indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of
lyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed
from the vehicle speed signal
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph × ×
sent from combination meter
is displayed.
• The power supply voltage of
BATTERY VOLT V
ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is con-
• The accelerator pedal posi-
verted by ECM internally.
V tion sensor signal voltage is
ACCEL SEN 2 Thus, it differs from ECM
displayed.
terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 × × • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is con-
• The throttle position sensor verted by ECM internally.
V
TP SEN 2-B1 × × signal voltage is displayed. Thus, it differs from ECM
terminal voltage signal.
• The intake air temperature
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × ×
age of the intake air tempera-
ture sensor) is displayed.
• Indicates start signal status
[ON/OFF] computed by the • After starting the engine,
START SIGNAL ON/OFF ECM according to the signals [OFF] is displayed regard-
of engine speed and battery less of the starter signal.
voltage.
• Indicates idle position [ON/
OFF] computed by ECM ac-
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF × ×
cording to the accelerator
pedal position sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition
of the air conditioner switch as
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF × ×
determined by the air condi-
tioner signal.
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF × × from the park/neutral position
(PNP) switch signal.
EC-448
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks A
MAIN ECU INPUT
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• [ON/OFF] condition of the
power steering system (deter- EC
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF × ×
mined by the signal sent from
EPS control unit) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition C
from the electrical load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger
switch is ON and/or lighting
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF × × D
switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defog-
ger switch and lighting switch
are OFF.
E
IGNITION SW ON/OFF × ×
from ignition switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF × from the heater fan switch sig-
F
nal.
BRAKE SW ON/OFF from the stop lamp switch sig- G
nal.
• Indicates the actual fuel injec-
INJ PULSE-B1 msec
tion pulse width compensated
stopped, a certain comput-
H
ed value is indicated.
signals.
• Indicates the ignition timing • When the engine is
I
IGN TIMING BTDC computed by ECM according stopped, a certain value is
to the input signals. indicated.
• Indicates the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid J
valve control value computed
PURG VOL C/V % by the ECM according to the
input signals.
• The opening becomes larger
K
as the value increases.
• Indicates [°CA] of intake cam-
INT/V TIM (B1) °CA L
shaft advance angle.
• The control value of the intake
valve timing control solenoid
valve (determined by ECM M
INT/V SOL-B1 according to the input signals)
%
is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes
larger as the value increases. N
• The air conditioner relay con-
trol condition (determined by
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF
ECM according to the input O
signals) is indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay
control condition determined
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF P
signals.
• Indicates the throttle control
motor relay control condition
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF
determined by the ECM ac-
EC-449
SIGNALS SIGNALS
• Indicates the condition of the
cooling fan (determined by
COOLING FAN HI/LOW/OFF signals).
HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
of heated oxygen sensor 1
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON/OFF
heater determined by ECM
according to the input signals.
of heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF
heater determined by ECM
according to the input signals.
• Indicates the engine speed
I/P PULLY SPD rpm computed from the turbine
revolution sensor signal.
• The vehicle speed computed
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph from the vehicle speed signal
sent from TCM is displayed.
• Displays the condition of Idle
Air Volume Learning
YET: Idle air volume learning
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT has not been performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learn-
ing has already been per-
formed successfully.
• Indicates the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater control value
O2SEN HTR DTY %
computed by the ECM ac-
• The signal voltage from the
AC PRESS SEN V refrigerant pressure sensor is
displayed.
THRTL STK CNT B1 — Not used.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
Work item Condition Usage

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the spec- When learning the idle air volume
ified range is memorized in ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT • The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns When clearing mixture ratio self-
to the original coefficient. learning value
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • Idle condition When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • Idle condition When setting target idle speed
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning throttle valve
closed position
EC-450
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
A
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
EC
Test item Condition Judgement Check Item (Remedy)
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector C
• Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT.
trouble condition D
If trouble symptom disappears, see
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT.
E
the engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
• Fuel injector F
POWER BALANCE • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Engine runs rough or dies.
• Power transistor
(M/T)
• Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal
• Ignition coil
one at a time using CONSULT.
G
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
and “OFF” CONSULT. • Cooling fan motor
H
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT. • Fuel injector I
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
ing sound. • Fuel pump relay J
and “OFF” using CONSULT and
listen to operating sound.
• Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm. K
• Change the EVAP canister Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V
purge volume control solenoid to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
valve opening percent using
CONSULT.
L
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Intake valve timing control sole-
• Change intake valve timing us- CHECK ITEM. M
noid valve
ing CONSULT.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
N
EC-451
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR18DE]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000009800421
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations.
Example:
The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the data monitor.
This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received from
the cam shaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
For outlines of following items, refer to EC-446, "CONSULT Function".
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-497, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-497, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-497, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
1.0V
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V
• Ignition switch: ON
TP SEN 1-B1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1*
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
EC-452
ECM
A
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF EC
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON C
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL D
engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
ON
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON E
Rear window defogger switch and light-
OFF
ing switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
F
Heater fan: Operating. ON
HEATER FAN SW • Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan: Not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF G
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Air conditioner switch: OFF H
INJ PULSE-B1 • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
I
• Engine: After warming up Idle 8° - 18° BTDC
IGN TIMING • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC J
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF K
PURG VOL C/V • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T) 2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
• No load
L
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
INT/V TIM (B1) • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
(M/T) Approx. 0° - 40°CA
quickly M
• No load
INT/V SOL (B1) • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral N
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
(M/T) Approx. 0% - 90%
quickly
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF O
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates)
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON P
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
EC-453
ECM
OFF
(207°F) or less
Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
HIGH
(212°F) or more
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) • Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm
• Engine speed: Above 3,400 rpm OFF
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
tachometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as the
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been
YET
performed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already
CMPLT
been performed successfully.
• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
• Engine speed: below 3,400 rpm
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PBIA9221J
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-454
ECM
Terminal A
Description
No.
CONDITION Value (Approx.)
Input/
+ – Signal name
Output
EC
Approximately 3.2V
[Ignition switch: ON] C

1 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(L) (B) (Open) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
D
PBIA8150J
2 108 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(SB) (B) supply (11 - 14V) E
Approximately 10V
F
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,400 rpm.
3 108 Heated oxygen sensor 1
(G) (B) heater
Output G
PBIA8148J

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
H
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,400 rpm.
Approximately 1.8V I

4 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped J
Output
(P) (B) (Close) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIA8149J
K
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Below 3,600 rpm after the following con- L
ditions are met.
5 59 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Output 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at M
(G) (O) heater idle for 1 minute under no load
PBIA8148J
[Ignition switch: ON] N

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
O
EC-455
ECM
Terminal
Description
No.
Input/
+ – Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
9 108 EVAP canister purge volume

Output PBIB0050E
(P) (B) control solenoid valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
NOTE:
Voltage and Duty percent may vary.
PBIB0520E
10
(B) [Engine is running]
— ECM ground — Body ground
11 • Idle speed
(B)
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
PBIA8164J
13 108
Tachometer signal Input
(L) (B)
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.
PBIA8165J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 108 [Ignition switch: OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14V)
(Y) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
EC-456
ECM
Terminal
Description
No. A
Input/
+ – Signal name
Output
EC
0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
17 The pulse cycle changes depending on
(R) rpm at idle.
18 Ignition signal No. 1 D
(LG) 108 Ignition signal No. 2 PBIA9265J
Output
21 (B) Ignition signal No. 4
0.2 - 0.5V
(G) Ignition signal No. 3
22 E
(SB) [Engine is running]
F
PBIA9266J
[Ignition switch: ON] G

• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.0V
ON
Fuel pump relay Output
(GR) (B) H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
J
• Idle speed
NOTE:
25 The pulse cycle changes depending on
(V) rpm at idle. K
29 Fuel injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
(Y) 108 Fuel injector No. 3
Output
30 (B) Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(O) Fuel injector No. 1 L
(11 - 14V)
31
(L)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition M
N
PBIA4943J
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V O
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
32 108 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(P) (B) (Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning
(11 - 14V)
P
ignition switch OFF
EC-457
ECM
Terminal
Description
No.
Input/
+ – Signal name
Output
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
(LG) (Y) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
(O) (Y) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
36 Sensor ground
— — — —
(Y) (Throttle position sensor)
Knock sensor Input Approximately 2.5V
(W) (—) • Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
38 44 Engine coolant temperature
(P) (B) sensor
coolant temperature.
40 Sensor ground
— — — —
(—) (Knock sensor)
[Engine is running]
41 48
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: 1.0 - 4.0V
(GR) (BR)
ON
Sensor ground
44
— (Engine coolant temperature — — —
(B)
sensor)
Approximately 0.4V
• Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V
45 52
Mass air flow sensor Input • Idle speed
(G) (LG)
[Engine is running] 0.8 - 1.1 to Approximately 2.4V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in re-
• Engine is revving from idle to about sponse to engine being increased
4,000 rpm to about 4,000 rpm.)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
46 52 Intake air temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (LG) sensor
air temperature.
Sensor ground
48
— (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — —
(BR)
sor)
[Engine is running]
49 56 0 - Approximately 1.0V
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Input • Warm-up condition
(SB) (P) (Periodically change)
EC-458
ECM
Terminal
Description
No. A
Input/
+ – Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] EC
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
50 59 met.
(W) (O)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input
0 - Approximately 1.0V C
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load D
52 Sensor ground
— — — —
(LG) (Mass air flow sensor)
Sensor ground E
55
— (Intake air temperature sen- — — —
(O)
sor)
56 Sensor ground
(P)
—
(Heated oxygen sensor 1)
— — — F
59 Sensor ground
— — — —
(O) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
G
Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed H
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
I
PBIB2998E
61 62 Crankshaft position sensor
Input
(W) (R) (POS)
Approximately 4.0V
J
[Engine is running]
K
PBIB2999E
Sensor ground
L
62
— [Crankshaft position sensor — — —
(R)
(POS)]
Sensor ground M
63
— [Camshaft position sensor — — —
(BR)
(PHASE)]
EC-459
ECM
Terminal
Description
No.
Input/
+ – Signal name
Output
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
65 63 Camshaft position sensor PBIB2986E

Input
(G) (BR) (PHASE)
1.0 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB2987E
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE

69 108 Park/Neutral position (PNP) • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) (11 - 14V)
Input
(L) (B) signal [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Shift lever: Except above
— [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(V) (Y) (Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed
7 - 10V
73 108 Intake valve timing control
(P) (B) solenoid valve
• When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
PBIA4937J
Sensor power supply

74 48
(Refrigerant pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(W) (BR)
sensor)
Sensor power supply
75 62
[Crankshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(BR) (R)
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
78 63
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(O) (BR)
(PHASE)]
83 Input/
— CAN communication line – –
(P) Output
84 Input/
— CAN communication line – –
(L) Output
88 Input/
— DATA link connector – –
(W) Output
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 108
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(O) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
EC-460
ECM
Terminal
Description
No. A
Input/
+ – Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: OFF] EC
Approximately 0V
99 108 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) C
Sensor power supply
102 104
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(V) (Y)
sensor 2) D
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
103 104 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input E
(GR) (Y) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground
F
104
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(Y)
sensor 2)
105 108 BATTERY VOLTAGE G
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) (11 - 14V)
Sensor power supply
106 111
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V H
(BR) (SB)
sensor 1)
108 [Engine is running]
— ECM ground — Body ground
(B) • Idle speed
I
110 111 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input J
(G) (SB) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground K
111
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(SB)
sensor 1)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
L
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000009800422
M
Detected Engine operating condition N

lamp circuit to the fuel cut system. O
P
DTC RELATED ITEM
EC-461
ECM

P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condi-
P0118 sensor circuit tion.
CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT
Condition
display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
ON or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0223 condition.
P1121 Electric throttle control actu- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
ator spring malfunction:)
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not
exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P2123 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000009800423
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
EC-462
ECM
Priority DTC Detected items A

U1000, U1001, U1010 CAN communication line
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
EC
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor C
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
1 P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor D
P0605 ECM
P1229 Sensor power supply
E
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P1706 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor F
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0135 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
G
P0141 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0710 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches H
2 P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1122 Electric throttle control function
I
P1124, P1126 Throttle control motor relay
P1128 Throttle control motor
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) J
P1805 Brake switch
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
3 K
P1715 Input speed sensor
DTC Index INFOID:0000000009800424
L
DTC*1 Items Reference

Trip MIL
CONSULT ECM* 2 (CONSULT screen terms) page M
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-508
U1001 1001*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-509 N

U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) 2 — EC-510
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — Flashing*4 — O
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 × EC-511
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 × EC-511 P
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-516
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-516
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-519
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-519
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-523
EC-463
ECM
DTC*1 Items Reference

Trip MIL
CONSULT 2 (CONSULT screen terms) page
ECM*
P0135 0135 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-527
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-527
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-533
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-533
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-537
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-537
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-539
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-542
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-546
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-549
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × or — EC-552
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 2 — TM-193
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 × EC-554
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 × EC-557
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC 1 × EC-559
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-563
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-563
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 × EC-566
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-568
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 — EC-572
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 — EC-573
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 × EC-574
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE 2 — SEC-154
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD IMM-ECM 2 — SEC-156
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 2 — SEC-157
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY 2 — SEC-159
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 2 — SEC-162
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-576
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED 2 — EC-579
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-581
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-584
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-584
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-587
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-587
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 1 × EC-590
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-594
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*4: When engine is running, MIL may flash.
EC-464
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MR18DE]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000009800426
EC
JRBWC3422GB
EC-465
JRBWC3423GB
EC-466
EC
JRBWC3424GB
EC-467
JRBWC3425GB
EC-468
EC
JRBWC3426GB
EC-469
JRBWC3427GB
EC-470
EC
JRBWC3442GB
EC-471
JRBWC3443GB
EC-472
EC
JRBWC3444GB
EC-473
JRBWC3445GB
EC-474
EC
JRBWC3446GB
EC-475
JRBWC3447GB
EC-476
EC
JRBWC3448GB
EC-477
JRBWC3457GB
EC-478
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR18DE]
BASIC INSPECTION A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000009800427
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW
EC-479
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-481, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-619, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
461, "Fail Safe".
>> GO TO 5.
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
461, "Fail Safe".
>> GO TO 6.
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-462, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
EC-480
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. A
7.PERFORM “SPEC” IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT EC
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Refer to EC-497, "Component Function Check".
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE D
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-498, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 11. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
F
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-619, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
G
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. H
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-42, "Circuit Inspec- I
tion".
YES >> GO TO 11. J
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-452, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART K
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. L
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 12. M
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function N
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
O
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM. Refer P
to EC-446, "CONSULT Function".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000009800428
DESCRIPTION
EC-481
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017
EC-482
A
SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT EC

×: Applicable
Service performed
Part name Required service Reference
Replacement Removal*1
C
Additional service when replacing ECM EC-484
×
Idle air volume learning EC-488 D
ECM
Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-486
× ×
Throttle valve closed position learning EC-487
Accelerator Pedal × × Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-486 E
× × Throttle valve closed position learning EC-487
Electric throttle
× Idle air volume learning EC-488
F
× Throttle valve closed position learning *2 EC-487
Engine assembly ×
Idle air volume learning*2 EC-488
G
*1: Harness connector disconnection included.
*2: Replacement of engine with a electric throttle.
H
EC-483
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-484, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
1.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER

Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check the part number when ordering ECM or with the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 3.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-628, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 5.
4.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-628, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-38, "Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-92, "Work Procedure" (Without intelli-
gent key system).
>> GO TO 6.
EC-484
>> GO TO 7. A
Refer to EC-487, "Work Procedure". EC
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING C

D
>> END
EC-485
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
>> END
EC-486
A
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside is
cleaned.
C
1.START D
With CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
F
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
I
>> END
EC-487
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
- For vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, perform one of the following procedures before
starting engine not to illuminate headlamps.
• Apply parking brake
• Set lighting switch to the 1st position
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
- A/T models
• With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” sys-
tem indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
dure".
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
dure".
EC-488
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. A
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
EC
blinking and turned ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Wait 20 seconds. C
SEC897C F
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING G
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations.
H
For specification, refer to EC-629, "Idle Speed" and EC-629, "Ignition Timing".
I
NO >> GO TO 5.
Check the following J
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. L
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident. M
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-497, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again: N
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
O
>> INSPECTION END
EC-489
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
1.START
With CONSULT
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END
EC-490
BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
A
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N
>> GO TO 3
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
P
EC-491
BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
PBIA8513J

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 6.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
Check the Following.
YES >> GO TO 9.
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-38, "Work Procedure"
(Without intelligent key system), SEC-92, "Work Procedure" (Without intelligent key system).
>> GO TO 4.
EC-492
BASIC INSPECTION
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A
: Timing indicator

For specification, refer to EC-629, "Ignition Timing". EC
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11. C
PBIB3263E
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D
1. Stop engine.
E
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
G
>> GO TO 13.
Perform EC-488, "Work Procedure". H
Is idle air volume learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4. I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
K
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
L
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. M
: Timing indicator
For procedure, refer to EC-625, "Inspection". N

YES >> GO TO 19. O
NO >> GO TO 16.
PBIB3263E P
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-184, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
EC-493
BASIC INSPECTION

YES >> GO TO 18.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-38,
"Work Procedure" (With intelligent key system), SEC-92, "Work Procedure" (Without intelligent key sys-
tem).
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-484, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END
EC-494
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT C
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
2. Start engine.
F
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes. I
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, J
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
K
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube L
adapter [SST: KV10118400] (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A).
M
C : Hose clamp
: To quick connector
: To fuel tube (engine side) N
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E O
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. P
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose.
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
EC-495
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check to fuel tube (engine
side) with clamp as shown in the figure.
: No.2 spool
CAUTION:
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel
tube and No.1 spool .
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches
PBIB2983E
the No.1 spool on fuel tube.
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710 or 16439 40U00).
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
Tightening torque : 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.
A : Fuel pressure gauge

B : Fuel hose for fuel pressure check
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
ALBIA0981ZZ
CAUTION:
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-9, "Removal and Installation".
EC-496
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value C
in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the D
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
F
1.START
G
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) H
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID I
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied J
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE L
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. M
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT.
N
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
YES >> END O
EC-497
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2384E
EC-498
EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-497, "Component Function Check".
the SP value.
EC-499
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because it may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-495, "Work Procedure".)
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-9, "Exploded
View"), and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-9, "Exploded View"), and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.
EC-500
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A

1. Start engine.
the SP value.
EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10. E
Check the following. F
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-612, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-604, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".)
3. Intake air leakage
4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-144, "Inspection".) G
YES >> Replace fuel injector (Refer to EM-167, "Removal and Installation"), and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11. H

1. Start engine. I
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? J
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION K
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.), L
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 time : RICH → LEAN → RICH M

2 times : RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
Is the inspection result more than 5 times during 10 seconds?
YES >> GO TO 15. N
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT O
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 and its circuit. Refer to EC-523, "DTC Description".
>> GO TO 14. P
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
EC-501
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
SP value.
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

YES >> GO TO 21.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
EC-502
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again. A
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” EC
1. Start engine.
C
the SP value.
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-511, "DTC D
Description". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” E
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? F
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-155, "Removal and Installa-
tion"), and then GO TO 29. G
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-628, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform EC-484, "Work Procedure". H
>> GO TO 29.
I
• Crushed air ducts J
K
YES >> GO TO 27.
L
SP value. M
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27. N
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the O
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 28. P
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-155, "Removal and Installa-
tion"), and then GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
EC-503
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
EC-504
A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION EC

2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. E
+
ECM − Continuity F
Connector Terminal
10
F25 G
11 Ground Existed
E19 108
3. Also check harness for short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the following. I
• Harness connectors E8, F1
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1 J
1. Reconnect ECM harness connectors.
ECM L
M
• Ignition switch: OFF
• A few seconds after turning igni- 0 − 1.0 V
tion switch OFF
F25 32 E19 108
• Ignition switch: OFF N
• More than a few seconds after Battery voltage
turning ignition switch OFF
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 P
EC-505
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
E19 93 108
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 9.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
E19 105 108 Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 11.
7.CHECK FUSE
3. Check the fuse.
YES >> GO TO 8.
+ −
9.CHECK FUSE
2. Disconnect 10A fuse (No. 6) from fuse block.
3. Check the fuse.
EC-506
YES >> GO TO 10. A
EC
C
+ −
D
E15 56 E19 93 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E

1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. G
H
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
E15 48 E19 105 Existed
J
EC-507
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of
U1000
(CAN communication circuit) OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
EC-508
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal oth-
E
U1001
(CAN communication circuit) er than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow K
Chart".
EC-509
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM.
(CAN communication bus)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-510, "DTC Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-628, "Removal and Installation".
EC-510
A

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0102 (Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit low in- An excessively low voltage from the mass air flow sensor is sent to ECM.
put)
D
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0103 (Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit high in- An excessively high voltage from the mass air flow sensor is sent to ECM.
put)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0102
• Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) F
• Intake air leakage
G
DTC P0103
H
FAIL-SAFE

I
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

J
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. K
L
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
M
2. Check DTC. N
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". O
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
EC-511
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
DTC P0102>>GO TO 2.
DTC P0103>>GO TO 3.
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
+
Mass air flow sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
F4 4 F26 52 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-512
+ − A
EC
F4 3 F26 45 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR D
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-155, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 F
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and mass air flow sensor harness connector. G
+ −
IPDM E/R Mass air flow sensor Continuity H
E15 48 F4 5 Existed
I
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. J
K
With CONSULT L
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. M
Monitor item Condition Values N

O
Without CONSULT P
EC-513
ECM
Connector
+ −
F26 45 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 – 1.1 V
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
- Crushed air ducts
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
+ −
F26 45 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 – 1.1 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
EC-514
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. EC

C
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 – 1.1 V to Approx. 2.4 V* D
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
F
ECM
Connector G
+ −
F26 45 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 – 1.1 V H
I
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-155, "Removal and Installation". J
EC-515
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine coolant temperature sensor is
sent to ECM.
cuit low)
ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively high voltage from the engine coolant temperature sensor is
sent to ECM.
cuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan
operates while engine is running.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

EC-516
4. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground. A
+
Voltage EC
Engine coolant temperature sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground 5V
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4. D
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
F
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor G
H
YES >> GO TO 3. I
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR
J
ature Sensor)".
K
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-54, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 L
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and engine coolant temperature sensor harness M
connector.
+ −
N
ECM Continuity
sensor
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. P

EC-517
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-54, "Exploded View"
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

ature sensor
+ −
Terminals
20°C (68°F) 2.10 – 2.90 kΩ
JMBIA0080ZZ
90°C (194°F) 0.236 – 0.260 kΩ
EC-518
A

TP SEN/CIRCUIT
ECM.
circuit low)
D
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle position sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Throttle position sensor 2 F
FAIL-SAFE

tion.

J
sis) for DTC P1229.
K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
TESTING CONDITION:
N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P

EC-519
sis) for DTC P1229.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F39 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
YES >> GO TO 4.
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
YES >> GO TO 5.
EC-520
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-157, "Removal and Installation". A
EC
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
C
+ −
ECM Continuity D
ator
E
YES >> Perform the diagnosis for power supply circuit. F
G
A/T models H
3. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to EC-487, "Work Procedure". I
J
ECM
Connector K
+ −

33
sensor 1 Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V L
F26 36 Accelerator pedal
Throttle position Fully released Less than 4.75 V
34
M
M/T models
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
5. Set selector lever to 1st position. O
EC-521
ECM
Connector
+ −

33
34
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-157, "Removal and Installation".
EC-522
P0132 HO2S1
P0132 HO2S1
A

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 is not inordinately high.
C
E
SEF301U
F
HO2S1 SENSOR1 (B1) G
P0132 (Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit high volt- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
age bank 1 sensor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE I
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
>> GO TO 2.
L
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
O
1.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 P

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1). Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-523
P0132 HO2S1
2. Disconnect HO2S1 harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
HO2S1 ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
HO2S1 ECM Continuity
4. Check the continuity between HO2S1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
HO2S1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 connector for water.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Refer to EC-525, "Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1)".
YES >> Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
EC-524
P0132 HO2S1
A
1.INSPECTION START
EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
C
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Set “POST TRIGGER” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps. E
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT screen.
6. Check the following.
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds. F
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once. G
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ

NO >> GO TO 4.
M
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
ECM O
Connector
+ −
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V P
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
49
Engine speed held at 2,000 • The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
F26 (HO2S1 56
rpm constant under no load. • The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
signal)
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V →
0 - 0.3 V
EC-525
P0132 HO2S1
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial service
tool).
>> INSPECTION END
EC-526
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
A

HO2S1 HTR (B1)
sensor 1) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
TESTING CONDITION: H
>> GO TO 2. I
J
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009800467 L

4. Check the voltage between heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ground. N
+
Heated oxygen sensor 1 − Voltage O
Connector Terminal
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK HEATED OXGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC-527
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
+ −
F69 3 F25 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
Heater)".
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View".
tor.
+ −
IPDM E/R Heated oxygen sensor 1 Continuity


Terminal
2 3 3.3 – 4.4 Ω
2
1 3
(Continuity
1 should not exist)
4 2
3
EC-528
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. Refer to EM-288, "Exploded View". A
EC
EC-529
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

HO2S2 HTR (B1)
sensor 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

+
heated oxygen sensor 2 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK HEATED OXGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC-530
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
A
+ −
heated oxygen sensor 2 ECM Continuity
EC
F70 3 F25 5 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-531, "Component Inspection (Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 E
Heater)".
YES >> INSPECTION END F
tor. H
+ −
IPDM E/R Heated oxygen sensor 2 Continuity I
J
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. K
L
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. M
Heated oxygen sensor 2 N

Terminal
O
2 3 3.3 – 4.4 Ω
2
1 3 P
(Continuity
1 should not exist)
4 2
3
EC-531
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
EC-532
A

TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
ECM.
circuit low)
D
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle position sensor 1) F
FAIL-SAFE

tion.

J
sis) for DTC P1229.
K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. M
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O

sis) for DTC P1229.
EC-533
NO >> GO TO 2.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F39 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
YES >> GO TO 4.
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
YES >> GO TO 5.
EC-534
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 A

EC
nector.
+ −
C
ECM Continuity
ator
D
F
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR G

A/T models
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
5. Set selector lever to D position. I
ECM J
Connector
+ −
Fully released More than 0.36 V K
Throttle position
33
34 L
M/T models M
4. Turn ignition switch ON. N
O
ECM
Connector P
+ −

33
34
EC-535
EC-536
P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
A

DTC No. DTC detected condition
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327 An excessively low voltage from the knock sensor is sent to ECM.
(Knock sensor 1 circuit low bank 1)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 D
P0328 An excessively high voltage from the knock sensor is sent to ECM.
(Knock sensor 1 circuit high bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted) E
• Knock sensor
FAIL-SAFE
F
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING G
TESTING CONDITION: I
>> GO TO 2. J
K
M
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

O
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity P
YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-537
P0327, P0328 KS
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-538, "Component Inspection (Knock Sensor)".
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Knock Sensor) INFOID:0000000009800524

3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Knock sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 20°C (68°F) 532 – 588 kΩ
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
EC-538
A

• The crankshaft position sensor signal is not detected by the ECM during
the first few seconds of engine cranking.
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor is not sent to
P0335 D
(Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit) ECM while the engine is running.
• The crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern during
engine running.
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.
- Sensor power supply 2 circuit is shorted. F
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
TESTING CONDITION:
ON. K
>> GO TO 2.
L
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. M
YES >> Proceed to EC-539, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009800526 O

P
4. Check the voltage between crankshaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
EC-539
+
Voltage
Crankshaft position sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F107 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
NO >> Replace signal plate. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
EC-540
+ − A
ECM Crankshaft position sensor Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 7. C
D
YES >> INSPECTION END E
F
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. G
3. Remove crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 2.
"Exploded View". I
PBIA9210J
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - 2 K

L
Terminal M
1 2
N
2 3
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-228, "Exploded View".
EC-541
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
engine cranking.
P0340 (Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit bank
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running.
1)
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake camshaft
• Starter motor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC P1229.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
ON.
>> GO TO 3.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
NO >> GO TO 4.
1. Keep engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
EC-542
A
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY EC

DTC P1229.
Is applicable DTC detected? C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM D
Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check starting system.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1 F
3. Turn ignition switch ON. G
4. Check the voltage between camshaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
+ H
Voltage
Camshaft position sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F109 1 Ground 5V I
YES >> GO TO 4.
J
NO >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
P
+ −
EC-543
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-173, "Exploded View".
YES >> Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermit-
tent Incident".
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-187,
"Removal and Installation".
JSBIA0599ZZ

3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and camshaft position sensor harness connector.
+ −
ECM Camshaft position sensor Continuity

3. Remove camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-173, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 2.
"Exploded View".
PBIA9876J

EC-544
Camshaft position sensor A

Terminal
EC
1 2
2 3 C
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-173, "Exploded View". D
EC-545
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444 (Evaporative emission system purge con- An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve
trol valve circuit open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT -
1
ground.
+
EVAP canister purge volume control
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
EC-546
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
ECM harness connector.
C
+ −
ECM Continuity D
E
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. F
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION G
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. H
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - J
2
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve harness connector.
L
+ −
IPDM E/R
Continuity M
N
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-548, "Component Inspection (EVAP
Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)". P
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-157, "Exploded View".
EC-547
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000009800535

With CONSULT
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG

100% Existed
0% Not existed
PBIA9668J
Without CONSULT
EVAP canister purge

Condition
+ − between and
Terminal
Existed
1 2 tween terminals 1 and 2 PBIA9668J

NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-157, "Removal and
Installation".
EC-548
P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
cation line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

D
VEH SPEED SEN A The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle speed signal is sent to ECM even
P0500
(Vehicle speed sensor “A”) when vehicle is being driven.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
- Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted F
FAIL-SAFE G
Not applicable
H
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for
DTC UXXXX. I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of DTC UXXXX. Refer to EC-463, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.INSPECTION START
K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6. L
3.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. M
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION O
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. The vehicle speed on CONSULT should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
EC-549
P0500 VSS
YES >> GO TO 5.
A/T models
CAUTION:

Shift lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
M/T models
CAUTION:

Shift lever Except Neutral position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
NOTE:
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
Without CONSULT
2. Start engine.
3. The vehicle speed should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
EC-550
P0500 VSS
DTC UXXXX. A
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
2. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-46, "DTC Index".
C
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-71, "DTC Index".
F
EC-551
P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

A ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
ECM
P0605 B ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
(Internal control module ROM error)
C ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
1.INSPECTION START
EC-552
P0605 ECM
2. Erase DTC.
- With CONSULT: Refer to EC-446, "CONSULT Function". A
- Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results”. Refer to EC-443, "On Board Diag-
nosis Function".
3. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to EC-552, "DTC Description". EC
Is the 1st trip DTC or DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-628, "Removal and Installation" C
EC-553
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control
P1111
(Intake valve control solenoid circuit bank 1) solenoid valve.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
+
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
EC-554
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har- A
ness connector.
+ − EC
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve
D
YES >> GO TO 3.
E
ing Control Solenoid Valve)". F
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-186, "Exploded View". G
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and intake valve timing control solenoid valve
harness connector.
I
+ −
IPDM E/R Continuity J
solenoid valve
E15 47 F40 1 Existed K
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. L
M
O
valve
+ −
P
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.7 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
EC-555
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-186, "Exploded View".
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-186, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
NOTE:
valve is removed.

NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-186, "Exploded View".
EC-556
A

Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the
A
return spring malfunction.
ETC ACTR-B1
P1121 (Throttle actuator control throttle body Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified D
B
range/performance) range.
C ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
FAIL-SAFE F

Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring mal- G
function:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle po-
sition. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) H
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 de-
grees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) I
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the en-
gine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not exceed
1,000 rpm or more. J

1.PRECONDITIONING K
ing the next test.
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
N
A/T models
2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. O
6. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. P
9. Check DTC.
M/T models
EC-557
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
A/T models
5. Check DTC.
M/T models
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-155, "Removal and Installation".
the housing.
157, "Removal and Installation".
JSBIA2864ZZ
EC-558
A

ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
P1122 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
range/performance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator E
FAIL-SAFE
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode F

Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
G
H
I
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- K
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when engine is run-
ning. M
>> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC. O
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". P

EC-559
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ECM
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V
F25 2 E19 108
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
1 Not existed
F25 F39 5
4 Existed
1 Existed
F25 F39 6
4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
the housing.
YES >> GO TO 5.
JSBIA2864ZZ

EC-560
YES >> INSPECTION END A
EC
C
ECM
+ − Voltage
Battery volt-
F25 15 E19 108
age
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT - 2 F

G
+ −
H
E15 52 F25 2 Existed I
J
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-50, "Removal and Installation". L
9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 M
N
+ −
IPDM E/R ECM Continuity O
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK FUSE
EC-561
2. Check 15A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 11.


Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
5 6 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 1 – 15 Ω
EC-562
A

ETC MOT PWR-B1
P1124 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.
high)
D
ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is exces-
P1126 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit/
sively low.
open)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1124
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted) F
DTC P1126
G
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
FAIL-SAFE H

Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed I

1.PRECONDITIONING J
ing the next test.
K
TESTING CONDITION: L
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P1124 >> GO TO 2. M
P1126 >> GO TO 3.
N
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
O
P
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EC-563

ECM
+ − Voltage
Battery volt-
F25 15 E19 108
age
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition.
ECM
+ − Conditions Voltage
Ignition switch: OFF Battery voltage
F25 2 E19 108
Ignition switch: ON Approx. 0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUSE
2. Check 15A fuse.
EC-564
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace the fuse. A
EC
C
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. D
E
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 8.
I
J
EC-565
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ETC MOT-B1
P1128 (Throttle actuator control motor current ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor.
range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE

Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
1 Not existed
F25 F39 5
4 Existed
EC-566
+ −
A
ECM Continuity
ator
EC
1 Existed
F25 F39 6
4 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. D
Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-567, "Component Inspection (Throttle Control Motor)". E
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-157, "Removal and Installation". F
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR G

H
Resistance
+ − Condition
(Approx.) I
Terminal
5 6 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 1 – 15 Ω
K
EC-567
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat).
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217 • Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling
[Engine over temperature (Overheat)]
method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-38, "Draining". Also,
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-20, "Draining".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-12, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays 1, 2 and 3)
• Cooling fan motor
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Reservoir tank
• Water pump
• Thermostat
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC UXXXX.
NO >> GO TO 2.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
NOTE:
• Perform component function check because the engine may be damaged if a symptom is reproduced.
• Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
EC-568
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC-569, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF621W
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK - 2 D
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK - 3 F
With CONSULT
G
3. Touch “LOW” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Without CONSULT H
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to EC-569, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
With CONSULT K
1. Touch “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Without CONSULT L
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
4. Connect 150 Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. M
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". N
O
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY P

DTC UXXXX.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
EC-569
With CONSULT
4. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
Without CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for cooling fan circuit. Refer to EC-598, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-38, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-42, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-44, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-53, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-52, "Removal and Installation".
ature Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check CO-36, "Troubleshooting Chart".

3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-54, "Exploded View"
EC-570
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A

ature sensor EC
+ −
Terminals
20°C (68°F) 2.10 – 2.90 kΩ
C

JMBIA0080ZZ
90°C (194°F) 0.236 – 0.260 kΩ D
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-54, "Exploded View". E
EC-571
P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1225 [Closed throttle position learning perfor- Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
mance]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

the housing.
157, "Removal and Installation".
JSBIA2864ZZ
EC-572
P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
A

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1226 (Closed throttle position learning perfor- Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
mance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. G
TESTING CONDITION:
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. K
M

N
the housing. O
157, "Removal and Installation". P
JSBIA2864ZZ
EC-573
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
NOTE:
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SENSOR POWER/CIRC ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or
P1229
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit high) high.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Accelerator pedal position 1 circuit is shorted.
- Throttle position sensor 1 circuit is shorted.
- Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
FAIL-SAFE

Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EC-574
A
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY EC

4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors and ground. C
+
Voltage D
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
72 E
F26
78 Ground 5V
E19 106
F
NO >> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect following sensors harness connector. H
ECM Sensor I
Connector Terminal Item Connector Terminal
E19 106 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 M119 4
J
72 Throttle position sensor 1 F39 1
F26
78 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) F109 1
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS L

M
Sensor Reference
N
sor)"
(Camshaft Position Sensor)"
O
Throttle position sensor 1
(Throttle Position Sensor)"
P
EC-575
P1706 PNP SWITCH
P1706 PNP SWITCH
When the selector lever position is neutral position, park/neutral position (PNP) signal is ON.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P1706
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is open or shorted.]
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T)
• Transmission range switch (A/T)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

P or N position (A/T)
ON
NOTE:
• Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During
EC-576
P1706 PNP SWITCH
A
ECM
EC
P or N position (A/T)
Battery voltage
F26 69 E19 108 Shift lever Neutral position (M/T)
C
Except above Approx. 0 V
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". D
E
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T) OR PNP SWITCH (M/T) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
F
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between PNP switch (M/T) or transmission range switch (A/T) harness connector and G
ground.
A/T models
+
H
Transmission range switch − Voltage

Connector Terminal
I
M/T models
J
+
Park/neutral position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal K
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T) OR PNP SWITCH (M/T) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR M
OPEN AND SHORT
N
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch (M/T) or transmission range switch (A/T) harness connector
and ECM harness connector.
A/T models
O
+ −
Transmission range switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
EC-577
P1706 PNP SWITCH
M/T models
+ −
Park/neutral position switch ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T) OR PNP SWITCH (M/T)
• Check park/neutral position switch (M/T models). Refer to TM-19, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP)
SWITCH : Component Inspection".
• Check transmission range switch (A/T models). Refer to TM-191, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-23, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T) OR PNP SWITCH (M/T) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and PNP switch (M/T) or transmission range
switch (A/T) harness connector.
A/T models
+ −
M/T models
+ −
EC-578
A
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
IN PULY SPEED Input speed sensor signal is different from the theoretical value calculated D
P1715
[Input speed sensor (TCM output)] by ECM from output speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
- Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted
• TCM F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
G
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, P0335, P0340 or P0605, first perform the confirmation proce- H
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. I
• DTC P0340: Refer to EC-542, "DTC Description". J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
ing the next test.
M
>> GO TO 3.
N
1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
2. Check 1st trip DTC. O
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". P

EC-579
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-612, "Removal and Installation"
EC-580
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the
P1805
(Stop lamp switch circuit) vehicle is driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
G
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
J
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. K
Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated L
Slightly depressed Illuminated
M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. O
A/T models
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage P
Connector Terminal
M120 1 Ground Battery voltage
EC-581
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
M/T models
+
Connector Terminal
M122 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/T models
+ −
M120 2 E19 99 Existed
M/T models
+ −
M122 2 E19 99 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-582, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Removal and Installation".
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery.
• 10A fuse (No. 7)
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000009800593

EC-582
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Stop lamp switch A

Terminal
EC
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH - 2 D
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-23, "Inspection and Adjustment".
E
Stop lamp switch

+ − Condition Continuity F
Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal G
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Removal and Installation".
EC-583
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SEN 1/CIRC
sent to ECM.
circuit low)
APP SEN 1/CIRC
sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE

tion.

sis) for DTC P1229.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

EC-584
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
C
D
+
Voltage
(Approx.) E
Connector Terminal
M119 4 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G

H
connector.
+ −
I

ECM Continuity
sensor
J
E19 111 M119 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
SHORT
M
connector.
N
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
O
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
YES >> GO TO 5.
tion Sensor)".
EC-585
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor

ECM
Connector
+ −
E19 Accelerator pedal

EC-586
A

APP SEN 2/CIRC
sent to ECM.
circuit low)
D
APP SEN 2/CIRC
sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted. F
G
FAIL-SAFE

H
tion. I

J
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. K
TESTING CONDITION:
M
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. N
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-587, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P

EC-587
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M119 5 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
YES >> GO TO 3.
SHORT
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
YES >> GO TO 4.
tion Sensor)".
connector.
EC-588
+ − A
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT D
E
F

4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. H
ECM
Sensor Terminal Condition Voltage I
Connector
+ −
al position sen- 110 111 J
al position sen- 103 104 K

YES >> INSPECTION END L
EC-589
P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TP SENSOR-B1
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2135 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “A”/
throttle position sensor 1 and throttle position sensor 2.
“B” voltage correlation)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Throttle position sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle position sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE

tion.

DTC P1229.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

DTC P1229.
EC-590
P2135 TP SENSOR
NO >> GO TO 2. A
EC
C
+
Voltage
(Approx.) D
Connector Terminal
F39 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F

3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and electric throttle control actuator harness con- G
nector.
+ −
H

ECM Continuity
ator
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
nector.
+ −
M
ECM Continuity
ator
N
33 2
F26 F39 Existed
34 3
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. O
YES >> GO TO 5.

EC-591
P2135 TP SENSOR

nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator

A/T models
ECM
Connector
+ −

33
34
M/T models
ECM
Connector
+ −

33
34
EC-592
P2135 TP SENSOR
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-157, "Removal and Installation". A
EC
EC-593
P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SENSOR Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2138 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “D”/ accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and accelerator pedal position sensor
“E” voltage correlation) 2.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
- APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE

tion.

DTC P1229.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

EC-594
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC P1229. A
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
C
D
+
Voltage
(Approx.) E
Connector Terminal
M119 4 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1 G
Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector and ground.
H
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal I
M119 5 Ground 5V
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and accelerator pedal position sensor harness L
connector.
+ − M
ECM Continuity
sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
104 1
E19 M119 Existed
111 2
O
YES >> GO TO 5. P
5.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
connector.
EC-595
P2138 APP SENSOR
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
103 6
E19 M119 Existed
110 3
YES >> GO TO 6.
tion Sensor)".
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
connector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sensor
YES >> GO TO 9.
EC-596
P2138 APP SENSOR
A
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR EC

4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. C
ECM
D
Connector
+ −
Accelerator ped- Fully released 0.6 – 0.9 V E
Accelerator ped- Fully released 0.3 – 0.6 V F

G
H
EC-597
COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT

+ −
E10 8 E53 1 Existed
5. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN RESISTER CIRCUIT-1
1. Disconnect cooling fan resistor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan resistor harness connector and cooling fan motor harness con-
nector.
+ −
Cooling fan resistor Cooling fan motor Continuity
E42 2 E53 1 Existed
EC-598
COOLING FAN
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RESISTER CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect cooling fan resistor harness connector.
EC
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan resistor harness connector.
+ −
C
IPDM E/R Cooling fan resistor Continuity
E10 4 E42 1 Existed D
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN RESISTOR F
Check cooling fan resistor. Refer to EC-599, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Resistor)".
YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> Replace cooling fan resistor.
H
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-599, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan)".
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 6. I
Perform intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". J
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan) INFOID:0000000009800618
L
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector. M
3. Check cooling fan motor under the following conditions.
Cooling fan motor N

+ − Condition Operation
Terminal
12 V direct current supply be- Cooling fan mo-
O
1 2
tween terminals 1 and 2 tor operates
P
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Resistor) INFOID:0000000009809263

Check resistance between cooling fan resistor terminals.
EC-599
COOLING FAN
Cooling fan resistor

Terminal
1 2 Temperature °C (°F) 25 (77) 0.78 – 0.858 Ω
NO >> Replace cooling fan resistor.
EC-600
A
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to EC
ECM through the CAN communication line.
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
2. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. D
3. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication E
Rear window defog- ON ON

LOAD SIGNAL
ger switch OFF OFF
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-601, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
ON at 2nd
ON I
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch position
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION K
1. Select “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check “HEATER FAN SW” indication under the following conditions.
L
Heater fan control ON ON

HEATER FAN SW M
switch OFF OFF
YES >> INSPECTION END N
O
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit. Refer to EC-601, "Component Function Check". P
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Perform the trouble diagnosis for rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-21, "Work Flow".
EC-601
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Perform the trouble diagnosis for headlamp system. Refer to EXL-89, "Work Flow".
4.CHECK AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Perform the trouble diagnosis for air conditioning system. Refer to HAC-21, "Work Flow".
EC-602
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. E
Without CONSULT F
1. Let engine idle.
Clicking noise should be heard. G

PBIB3332E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000009800623 J

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground. L
+
Fuel injector − Voltage M
1 F65 1
N
2 F66 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F67 1
4 F68 1 O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. P
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
EC-603
FUEL INJECTOR
+ −
ECM Fuel injector Continuity
31 1 F65 2
30 2 F66 2
F25 Existed
29 3 F67 2
25 4 F68 2
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-604, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-167, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK FUSE
3. Check the fuse.
YES >> GO TO 6.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors.
+ −
IPDM E/R Fuel injector Continuity
1 F65 1
2 F66 1
E14 41 Existed
3 F67 1
4 F68 1
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) INFOID:0000000009800624

EC-604
FUEL INJECTOR
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connectors.
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals under the following conditions. A
Fuel injector
+ − Condition Resistance EC
Terminal
10 – 60°C
1 2 Temperature 11.1 – 14.5 Ω C
(50 – 140°F)
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-167, "Removal and Installation".
EC-605
FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed

hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
JMBIA0351ZZ

ECM
+ − Voltage
F25 23 E19 108 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
+
− Voltage
fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should for exist 1
B40 1 Ground second after ignition switch is turn
ON.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
EC-606
FUEL PUMP
+ A
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
B40 3 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP D
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-608, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".

YES >> GO TO 5.
G
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2 H
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
+ −
IPDM E/R ECM Continuity J
K
YES >> GO TO 7.
L
8.CHECK FUSE N

2. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 59) from IPDM E/R. O
3. Check the fuse.
YES >> GO TO 9. P
EC-607
FUEL PUMP
+ −
IPDM E/R Continuity
fuel pump
E14 46 B40 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000009800627
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

3. Check the resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals as follows.

fuel pump
+ −
Terminal
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 0.2 – 5.0 Ω
EC-608
IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
2. Restart engine.
Does the engine start? C
NO >> Proceed to EC-609, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT E
F
3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION G
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connectors with an oscilloscope. H
ECM
I
Voltage signal
+ −
J
17
18
21 K
F25 E19 108
22
L
JMBIA0219GB
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
M
NO >> Proceed to EC-609, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1 O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors. P
ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
E19 105 108 Battery voltage
EC-609
IGNITION SIGNAL
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for ECM power supply circuit. Refer to EC-505, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 10.
3.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-612, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
YES >> GO TO 5.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+
1 F74 3
2 F75 3 Battery volt-
Ground
3 F76 3 age
4 F77 3
YES >> GO TO 6.
EC-610
IGNITION SIGNAL
NO >> GO TO 12.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

2. Check the continuity between Ignition coil harness connector and ground.
EC
+
Ignition coil − Voltage C
1 F74 2
2 F75 2
D
Ground Existed
3 F76 2
4 F77 2 E
YES >> GO TO 7. F
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.
H
+ −
ECM Ignition coil Continuity
Connector Terminal Cylinder Connector Terminal I
17 1 F74 1
18 2 F75 1
F25 Existed J
22 3 F76 1
21 4 F77 1
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-612, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
M
Transistor)".
YES >> GO TO 9.
N
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
YES >> INSPECTION END P
10.CHECK FUSE
3. Check the fuse.
EC-611
IGNITION SIGNAL
YES >> GO TO 11.
+ −
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
+ −
IPDM E/R Ignition coil Continuity
1 F74 3
2 F75 3
E15 47 Existed
3 F76 3
4 F77 3
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000009800630
1.CHECK CONDENSER
3. Check the resistance between condenser terminals as follows.
Condenser
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 25°C (77°F) Above 1 MΩ
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000009800631

EC-612
IGNITION SIGNAL
3. Check the resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows. A
Ignition coil
+ − Condition Resistance EC
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
C
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F)
Except 0 Ω
2 3
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL - 2 E
CAUTION:
F
NOTE: G
dure.
4. Start engine. H
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. I
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 – J
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal K
portion.
Spark should be generated. L

CAUTION:
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB M
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. N
NOTE:
O
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".
EC-613
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION

2. Make sure that MIL lights up.
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-113, "Removal and Installation".
EC-614
A
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION EC

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. C
ECM
Terminal Voltage D
Connector
+ −
F26 74 48 1.0 – 4.0 V
E
NO >> Proceed to EC-615, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1 G

2. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+ I
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
J
E49 3 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
tor. M
+ −
N
F26 48 E49 1 Existed O
YES >> GO TO 3. P
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
tor.
EC-615
+ −
F26 41 E49 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. refer to HAC-47, "Removal and Installation".
tor.
+ −
F26 74 E49 3 Existed
EC-616
A
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively. EC
Sensor power supply 1 C
NOTE: D
Sensor power supply 2 E
F
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 G

2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connectors.
4. Check the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor harness connectors and ground.
+ I
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
101 J
E19
102 Ground 5V
F26 75
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. L
M
N
2. Disconnect following sensors harness connector. O
ECM Sensor P
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
E19 102 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 M119 5
74 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
F26
75 Crankshaft position sensor F107 1
EC-617
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Sensor Reference
sor)"
(Crankshaft Position Sensor)"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-615, "Diagnosis Procedure"
YES >> GO TO 5.
EC-618
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MR18DE]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000009800638
EC
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM

D


E

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-606
Fuel pressure regulator sys- I
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-495
tem
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-603
Evaporative emission sys- J
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-434
tem
Air Positive crankcase ventila-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-627
tion system K
3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjust-
1 1 1 1 1 EC-491
ment
EC-559 L
Electric throttle control actua-
1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-566
tor
EC-557
Igni- Incorrect ignition timing ad- M
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-625
tion justment
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-609
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-505 N
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-511
Engine coolant temperature sensor 1
3 3 EC-516
circuit 3 O
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit EC-523
1 2 2 2 2 2
EC-519
EC-533 P
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-572
EC-573
2 2 EC-590
EC-584
Accelerator pedal position sensor cir-
3 2 1 EC-587
cuit
EC-594
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-537
EC-619
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Crankshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-539
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 2 EC-542
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-549
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-552
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-554
valve circuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-576
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-615
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-601
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-21
ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
4 BRC-58
trol unit)
(continued on next table)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
EC-620
SYMPTOM A

EC



C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank FL-18
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-18
Vapor lock — G
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
— H
gasoline, Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-156
Air cleaner EM-156 I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor —
EM-156
electric throttle control ac-
tuator)
5 5 5 5 5 5 J
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control ac-
EM-157
tuator
K
Air leakage from intake
EM-157
manifold/Collector/Gasket
Crank- Battery PG-161
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L
Generator circuit CHG-16
Starter circuit 3 1 STR-18
Signal plate 6 EM-236 M
PNP signal 4 TM-23, TM-274
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-207 N
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4 O
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-236
Connecting rod
Bearing P
Crankshaft
EC-621
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Valve Timing chain EM-184
mecha-
Camshaft EM-195
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-184
Intake valve
3 EM-207
Exhaust valve
Ex- Exhaust manifold/Tube/
haust Muffler/Gasket EM-163
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-8
Three way catalyst
Lubri- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil
cation pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/ LU-22
Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-19

Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator CO-42
filler cap CO-42
Thermostat 5 CO-53
Water pump CO-51
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-34
Cooling fan CO-49
Coolant level (Low)/Con- 5
CO-38
taminated coolant
SEC-35 (With intelli-
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer gent key system),
1 1
System) SEC-89 (Without in-
telligent key system)
EC-622
A
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) EC

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. C
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-429,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description". D
EC-623
IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [MR18DE]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
>> INSPECTION END
EC-624
IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
A
1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC

1. Attach timing light to the ignition coil No.1 harnes.
Timing indicator C
E
PBIB3263E
2. Check ignition timing. F
>> INSPECTION END

G
EC-625
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port . Orally blow air through port .
Check that air flows freely through port .
b. Block port. Orally blow air through port.
Check that air flows freely through port.
3. Visually inspect the fuel check valve for cracks, damage, loose
connections chafing and deterioration.
JMBIA0443ZZ
4. Check fuel check valve as follows:

a. Blow air through connector on the fuel tank side. A considerable
resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow should be
directed toward the EVAP canister side.
b. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side. Air flow
should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
c. If fuel check valve is suspected or not properly functioning in
step 1 and 2 above, replace it.
SEF552Y
5. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF943S
EC-626
A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-173, "Exploded View".
E
PBIB1589E
EC-627
ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MR18DE]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000009800644
JSBIA3082GB
ECM ECM bracket

: Vehicle front
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000009800645
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-484, "Work Procedure".
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-175, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-155, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to PG-5, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM mounting nuts, and then remove ECM.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
EC-628
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR18DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

Idle Speed INFOID:0000000009800646
EC

C
A/T No load* (in P or N position)
700 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
*: Under the following conditions D
• A/C switch: OFF
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position E
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000009800647
F
A/T No load* (in P or N position)
13 ± 5°BTDC G
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
H
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
EC-629

Nissan Livina L11 - Engine Control System

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nissan Livina L11 - Engine Control System

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS ..................................................12 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...............................28

WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ....................... 46 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 119

TYPE 1 ...................................................................... 47 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-

TYPE 2 ...................................................................... 47 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION (TYPE 2) ..................... 54 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 369 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 400

SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT .......... 392 PREPARATION ................................................ 410

VSS .................................................................. 394 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 412

P0132 HO2S1 .................................................. 523 P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000008778081

• Do not disassemble ECM. G

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT C

No. Component Function

Engine oil pressure sensor EC-25, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"

Engine oil temperature sensor EC-25, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"

Knock sensor EC-28, "Knock Sensor"

Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-24, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-22, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"

Fuel injector No.1 (Front) EC-26, "Fuel Injector"

Fuel injector No.2 (Front) EC-26, "Fuel Injector"

Fuel injector No.2 (Rear) EC-26, "Fuel Injector" EC

Fuel injector No.3 (Front) EC-26, "Fuel Injector"

Fuel injector No.3 (Rear) EC-26, "Fuel Injector" C

Fuel injector No.4 (Rear) EC-26, "Fuel Injector"

Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-27, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2" N

No. Component Function

Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-29, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"

Stop lamp switch* EC-29, "Stop Lamp Switch"

Accelerator pedal position switch* EC-21, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000008778088

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

sensor signal terminal and sensor ground.

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000008778093

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000008778094

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000008778096

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000008778097

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000008778101

Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of

Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000008778102

Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000008778103

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000008778105

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER L

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000008778109

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000008778110

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000008778114